<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title></title><link rel="stylesheet" href="denemo.css" type="text/css" /><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.2" /></head><body><div class="article"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="id2723399"></a></h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Richard</span> <span class="surname">Shann</span></h3><code class="email"><<a class="email" href="mailto:Richard.Shann@virgin.net">Richard.Shann@virgin.net</a>></code></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">0.9.4</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright © 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012 Denemo Project</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a id="id2966500"></a><p>This Manual is released under the <a class="ulink" href="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0" target="_top">Creative Commons
Attribution-Share Alike 3.0 Unported</a> license.</p></div></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2966549">Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2966610">Dependencies</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2966752">Optional Helper Programs</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2966782">Installing Denemo from Source Code</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2966892">Getting Started</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2966947">What Happens at Startup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2966994">Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2967047">Some Common Mouse Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2967105">Some Common Uses of MIDI in</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2967158">Overall View of Denemo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2967164">General Concepts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2967243">The Denemo Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2967320">The Print Preview Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2967349">The Main Menubar</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2967420">File</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2967920">Edit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2968098">View</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2968257">Input</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2968270">More</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2968295">Playback</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2968351">Help</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2968419">Toolbar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2968686">Playback Controls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969140">Midi In Controls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969267">Object Menu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2969471">Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2969493">Adding Markings</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969546">Music Snippets</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969605">A Survey of the Input Methods</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2969611"></a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969705">Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969774">Transcribing from Facsimile or Hand-written Score</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2969842">Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#scoresetup">Score Setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#customizingDenemo">Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2970246">More Commands</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2970251">Adding More Features </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2970267">Adding Your Own Features </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2970318">An even easier way</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id2970345">Writing Scheme Scripts </a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2970658">Variables Defined in Scheme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id2972273">Functions Callable from Scheme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#DenemoDirectives">Denemo Directives</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017093">The Directive Fields</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id3017440">Directive Edit Scripts</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017446">Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017512">Initialization Scripts</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017527">Edit Scripts</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id3017625">LilyPond Editing</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017631">Introduction</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017657">Using the LilyPond Window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017696">Detail</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id3017800">Using the Denemo From the PC keyboard</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017806">Note Entry</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017841">Chord Entry</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017854"></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017862">Inserting LilyPond Directives</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id3017935">Publishing</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id3017964">Advanced Features</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3017970">Musical Score that Do Things!</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3018002">Piano Staffs, Orchestral Scores etc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3018020">Single Staff Polyphony</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3018141">Entering Vocal Music</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3018155">Entering Figured Bass</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="#id3018170">Entering Chord Symbols</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="#id3018184"><span class="productname">Denemo</span> Command Line Options</a></span></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Introduction"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2966549"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo lets you create musical scores. You can type music in using the keyboard
or play it in using a MIDI contoller or the microphone input. You can edit your music - the display shows you what you
are working on in music notation - and you can playback to check how it sounds.
You can preview and print the score or parts to the highest standards used in the music publishing industry
- thanks to the Lilypond music typesetting program.</p><p>Denemo does not attempt to show the appearance of the finished score, it just shows you enough to enable you to enter the music efficiently. To see the finished score you press Print Preview.</p><div class="sect1" title="Obtaining and Installing Denemo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2966572"></a>Obtaining and Installing Denemo</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo is available from a variety of sources for different
distributions. The latest stable release (tar.gz and .deb formats) is
available for download from <a class="ulink" href="http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/denemo/" target="_top">http://download.savannah.gnu.org/releases/denemo/</a>. You can install
Denemo from the Debian unstable repositories, using the command apt-get
install denemo. Builds for Macintosh are available from the Gnu-Darwin
project. The Denemo development branch can be downloaded using anonymous
CVS or Git.</p><p>Anonymous Git checkout:</p><p>git clone git://git.savannah.gnu.org/denemo.git</p><p>Anonymous CVS checkout:</p><p>cvs -d:pserver:anonymous@pserver.git.sv.gnu.org:/denemo.git co -d denemo master</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Dependencies"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2966610"></a>Dependencies</h3></div></div></div><p>To build Denemo from a source package, the following
dependent packages should be installed first. Remember to install the
development packages as well (check your distribution for the specific
package name):</p><div class="note" title="For Debian Users" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note: For Debian Users"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">For Debian Users</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><p>Type <span class="command"><strong>apt-cache showsrc denemo</strong></span> at a command
line to determine what are the package names for Denemo
dependencies. Type <span class="command"><strong>apt-get build-dep denemo</strong></span> to
build the dependent files or use apt-get to install the packages
individually by copying and pasting there names to the command
line.</p></td></tr></table></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>g++ 2.95 or higher</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>flex 2.5.4a or higher</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>bison 1.35 or higher</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>cdbs</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gettext</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libgtk2.0-dev</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gtk+ 2</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libglib2.0-dev</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libxml2</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libxml2-dev</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LilyPond 2.4</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>autoconf 2.59 or higher</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>automake1.7</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libaubio</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libfftw3-dev</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>libportaudio</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Optional Helper Programs"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2966752"></a>Optional Helper Programs</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo uses other applications for printing. You may need to install the following applications, and edit the preferences menu to tell Denemo which you want it to use.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>A PDF viewer (ghostview, evince etc)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>An image viewer such as EOG</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Installing Denemo from Source Code"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2966782"></a>Installing Denemo from Source Code</h3></div></div></div><p>Denemo is available in a variety of formats. The current stable
release is available either as source code or in binary format. The
Development branch of Denemo is available as a GIT source tree.</p><div class="procedure" title="Procedure 1. To install from source code:"><a id="id2966795"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure 1. To install from source code:</b></p><ol class="procedure" type="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><p>Open a terminal window.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><p>Change directories to the directory to which you downloaded
the Denemo source package.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><p>Uncompress the source package using standard Linux tools (tar
and gunzip).</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><p>Change directories to the uncompressed directory.</p></li></ol></div><div class="procedure" title="Procedure 2. Generating a Configure Script"><a id="id2966832"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure 2. Generating a Configure Script</b></p><p>Git does not come with a Configure script; generate one by
typing and pressing Enter after the line:</p><ul class="procedure"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><p>./autogen.sh</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3"><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="procedure" title="Procedure 3. To compile from source, press Enter after each line:"><a id="id2966853"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure 3. To compile from source, press Enter after each line:</b></p><ol class="procedure" type="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><p>./configure.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><p>make.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 3"><p>make install.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 4"><p>If you are not logged in as root user, type su and your root
password, or alternately type sudo and your user password.</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Getting Started"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2966892"></a>Getting Started</h2></div></div></div><p>Most people will start with playing around with Denemo via the pc keyboard. The default setup means that keys a-g represent the note names and 0-6 the different durations (whole note, half note etc). When the cursor is on blank space pressing key "0" then key "a" will append a whole-note A, pressing "1 b" will append a half-note B etc. If the duration is not changing you can simply type the note name, it will use the last entered duration. There are commands to set sharp/flat/double-sharp/double-flat for the next entered note and to sharpen or flatten using the keys +/- with the shift key for editing.
</p><p>When the cursor is moved on to a note (with the arrow key right or mouse) then a-g edits the note name. To insert a note before a note at the cursor use A-G. When the cursor is on a note the keys 0-6 change the duration of the note, while Shift-0 6 insert a note before the cursor. (If you use the numeric keypad you can use Shift-KP 0-6 for this). The arrow keys move the cursor around, the period key adds a dot while Alt-a-g add notes to the chord at the cursor.
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">
When in the appending position the cursor shows as a large blue or red rectangle on a note-position. Blue indicates a note can be appended at that point without overflowing the measure. Red indicates that the measure is already full. When the cursor is a smaller green rectangle it indicates that you are not in the appending position: you can edit the note/object at the cursor or insert before it. The vertical blue line indicates the insertion point.
</td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>You can find more shortcuts by exploring the menu system - e.g. under the Notes/Rests menu the Select Duration submenu gives Remove Dot with the shortcut Control-period shown next to the command.
</p><div class="sect2" title="What Happens at Startup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2966947"></a>What Happens at Startup</h3></div></div></div><p>On starting a Denemo up to two music scores (called init.denemo) are loaded, and any actions associated with them are run. The first of these is provided with the system and does essential initialization, the second you can provide yourself in the file ~/.denemo/actions/init.denemo (where ~ means your home directory).
</p><p>In addition, on startup a set of keyboard and mouse shortcuts, and a selection of optional menu items are loaded. You are offered a choice on startup. Once you have settled on the set you wish to use, and perhaps started to customise it you can save it for next time using "Save as Default Command Set" in the command set manager.
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">
You should exit and re-start Denemo after creating a new command set to be sure of getting your keybindings to work.
</td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">
The "Score Titles, Controls etc" checkbox is undocumented, unfortunately.
What it does is to show/hide a button bar where Titles and such can be displayed.
The menu items you need are under Score->Titles etc
and Movement->Titles etc. When you set a title, composer, etc the Titles etc button bar will become populated.
</td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">
The Playback Controls are undocumented, unfortunately. Mostly obvious commands, the lerft/right arrows move the start and end playback point forwards and backwards, while the up/down arrows set the start and end playback points to the current cursor position.
See the links from the features list "To-do List" on the website.
</td></tr></table></div><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2966994"></a>Some Common Keyboard Shortcuts</h3></div></div></div><p>Here are a few of the keyboard shortcuts that are commonly used in Denemo.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
Letters a-g edit the note at the cursor to be A-G, if the cursor is in the appending position then notes are added. Letters A-G (either caps lock or shift) insert a note at the cursor.
</li><li class="listitem">
Numbers 0-6 are used to refer to the note durations Whole Note ... 64th Note. They insert a duration at the cursor, which you then give a pitch to with a note name. With the shift key held (or the CapsLock on) 0-6 edits the duration of the note at the cursor. The corresponding Numeric Keypad keys can be used instead.
</li><li class="listitem">
"." dots a note, Ctrl-"." undots it.
</li><li class="listitem">
Alt-0-6 inserts a rest.
</li><li class="listitem">
Alt-a-g Add notes to a chord. Or position the cursor and use Insert to add a note, Ctrl-Insert to remove it.
</li><li class="listitem">
7 starts a slur, 8 extends it, while 9 reduces it.
</li><li class="listitem">
Shift-/ inserts a cautionary accidental
</li></ul></div><p>
</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Some Common Mouse Shortcuts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2967047"></a>Some Common Mouse Shortcuts</h3></div></div></div><p>Here are a few of the mouse shortcuts that are commonly used in Denemo (keyboards may vary, for control, shift, alt etc modifiers).
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
Scroll Wheel pans up/down to bring staffs out of view into the window.
</li><li class="listitem">
Shift Key and Scroll Wheel pans the score left/right.
</li><li class="listitem">
Control Key and Scroll Wheel zooms.
</li><li class="listitem">
Shift Key and Left mouse button drags notes up and down.
</li><li class="listitem">
CapsLock AND Shift key with Left mouse drag inserts a crescendo
</li><li class="listitem">
CapsLock AND AltGr key with Left mouse drag inserts a diminuendo
</li></ul></div><p>
</p><p>For more serious use of Denemo, for transcribing hundreds of measures of music, for example, you should explore other key shortcut schemes. These are offered when you start Denemo, until you decide to save one of them as your default scheme. The Arranger scheme uses two-key bindings such as "B,s" for start repeat barline and "B,e" for end repeat barline. The Arranger scheme is mainly for use with MIDI keyboard for inserting notes. Composer shortcuts is another scheme concentrating on rapid entry from the pc-keyboard. The LilyPond shortcuts scheme will be familiar to those who know the LilyPond music typesetting language, as well as including commands which generate easier-to-read LilyPond output.
</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Some Common Uses of MIDI in"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2967105"></a>Some Common Uses of MIDI in</h3></div></div></div><p>The MIDI keyboard too can be customized to perform different actions. Usually, playing notes adds or edits the score (like hitting note names at the pc-keyboard). With the sustain pedal pressed chords are generated (the Alt key can be used for this too). By holding down the Control key a score can be checked by playing the notes - the cursor only advances if the right note is played, and the Shift key can be held down to route the MIDI keyboard straight to the synth (e.g. to check a phrase before playing it in). The Pitch Bend controller can be used to set the range of sharps and flats to be used, and the modulation controller can be used to mark sections of the music. When the Pitch Bend controller is used to set the range of sharps and flats the tuning is altered so that it is possible to distinguish enharmonic equivalents (so, for example, E-flat is distinctly sharper than D-sharp, making a clear major third with G and a horrible one B-natural while D-sharp makes a clear major third with B-natural and a horrible one with G.). With the MIDI controller set as Input source (Input menu) the duration keys create pure durations (notes colored yellow/brown) - you can enter as much of the rhythm as you wish, and then play the notes on top.
</p></div><p>Denemo is used via the computer keyboard, MIDI controller or playing in via a musical instrument. Quite a few mouse operations are also included by default. Clicking on the score will select items, and the status bar at the bottom will describe the item clicked. Right-clicking on items in the score allows you to edit any special attributes, (called Directives, see <a class="xref" href="#DenemoDirectives" title="Denemo Directives">the section called “Denemo Directives”</a>), that they may have. Clicking on the initial clef, key or timesignature lets you edit these, clicking to the right or left of the measures visible moves you forwards and backwards in the score. Selections can be made by dragging with the mouse from one note to another. And right-clicking any menu item gets help and the opportunity to set a shortcuts for the menu item. Furthermore, scripts are available in the menu system that give the mouse further uses.</p></div><div class="sect1" title="Overall View of Denemo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2967158"></a>Overall View of Denemo</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="General Concepts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2967164"></a>General Concepts</h3></div></div></div><p>
The unit of work in Denemo is a musical score, which can be saved in a single file (with .denemo suffix). This is represented on the screen by a "tab". If you have several tabs open at once they appear just above the music in the main window, and you can switch between them by clicking on the tab.
</p><p>
One score may contain several movements, which you can move between, insert and delete with the Movements menu. A movement is a continuous piece of music with titles etc.
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top">
It is not all that easy to tell that you have several movements; the first thing on the status bar is the movement number. If you try to move to a new movement which isn't there the bell sounds, so you can hit the key to do that to check out how many movements there are
</td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>
Within a movement there are staffs (arranged vertically) and within the staffs Denemo Objects. These can be notes, chords and Denemo Directives (see <a class="xref" href="#DenemoDirectives" title="Denemo Directives">the section called “Denemo Directives”</a>). The notes and chords are displayed in conventional format (though not fully typeset). The Denemo Directives are used for most things that are not chords or notes: Metronome marks, repeat barlines etc are good examples. They can also be attached to chords, individual notes in a chord, to a staff as a whole and to the score as a whole; in this case the directive can be thought of as an attribute of the object it is attached to. Each Denemo Directive carries its own display method. For example the Close Repeat barline appears as a Denemo Object in the converional music notation, while a Directive attached to a staff (e.g. Smaller Staff) may appear in a menu under a tools icon to the right of the staff. In the case of "Smaller Staff" the directive directs the LilyPond typesetter to make the staff smaller, and it can be edited from the menu under the tools icon to the left of the clef. Another tools icon appears if directives are attached to voices within a staff, again to the left of the clef, below the staff one.
</p><p>
The command Edit Object gives access to editing Denemo Directives, which generally have their own edit methods. You can use the Print View to indicate the padding that you wish to apply to some item, or to show where you want to drag it to.
</p><p>
The titles of the current movement can be set in the movement menu, and for the whole score in the score menu. In the movement menu you can cause a page break before the movement.
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><p>When a file is loaded it opens at the point where you left off editing it.</p></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" title="The Denemo Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2967243"></a>The Denemo Window</h2></div></div></div><div class="figure"><a id="id2967249"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 1. Main Window</b></p><div class="figure-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/denemomain.png" alt="Main Window" /></div></div></div><br class="figure-break" /><p>
The main window has menus and toolbars at the top. The Titles Etc appear next, along with any extra menu items which you may have placed there (e.g. the Print Part button). With View->Score View checked there is next the drawing area where the music input is displayed. When zoomed out you see just the few measures you are working on. By dragging the red bar at the bottom of the score upwards you get space for more of the music. If you have many staffs they may not all fit: you can still drag the red bar upwards to see several lines of just one or two staffs for instance. With View->Print View checked there is another pane showing the print preview of your score. Below this is a "Console Pane" showing any LilyPond messages while typesetting the music. At the bottom is a status line showing which movement you are in and what sort of object the cursor is on. If there are any MIDI filters that active they will be noted at the right in the status bar. The small colored rectangle is the Denemo Cursor , which shows where notes etc will be added/edited next - the insertion point is marked as a blue vertical bar. Selected music is indicated by a blue background.
</p><p>
The menus in Denemo are unusual: they not only let you do some particular action, but also each menu item lets you enquire what the action does in more detail and lets you set keyboard/mouse shortcuts for the actions. A single keystroke can be set as a shortcut simply by pressing the key while the menu item is selected. You are warned if you are stealing this shortcut from something else. All the extra functionality of menu items can be accessed by right-clicking the menu item, while the usual left click is for executing the action itself. The menus can always be torn off for working with particular items (e.g. working with different movements or with measures, dynamics etc.). Also available by right-clicking is creating new actions - often by modifying ones that are already there.
</p></div><div class="sect1" title="The Print Preview Window"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2967320"></a>The Print Preview Window</h2></div></div></div><p>The print preview window is shown by checking View->Print View. Right clicking in this pane allows you to refresh the print preview (the program hangs waiting for LilyPond to finish). The mouse scroll buttons enable vertical panning and with Control pressed, zooming. Use Ctrl+Shft for finer control zoom</p><p> Right clicking in this pane also allows you to choose offsets to apply to items that LilyPond has positioned badly. Or you can select an amount of padding to apply to some object. This is generally a better way of indicating that it is too close to something else, since other objects will move away from it as needed - that is, if you later edit something it will behave more intelligently. The actual editing is always done in the Score View pane, choosing Edit Object while the cursor is on the offending object and then dragging in the Print Preview window to indicate the amount of change required.</p></div><div class="sect1" title="The Main Menubar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2967349"></a>The Main Menubar</h2></div></div></div><p>The Main Menubar has submenus for overall control of the program. It
contains the following submenus:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>File</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Navigation</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Edit</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>View</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Input</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Playback</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>More</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Help</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Educational</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" title="File"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2967420"></a>File</h3></div></div></div><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><p>This menu has been re-organized, so the following is only a rough guide.</p></td></tr></table></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">File</span> menu to perform global operations related to storing and retrieving from file systems.
The File menu contains the following Menu Items:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>New</td><td>Create score from scratch.</td></tr><tr><td>Open</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span>
file.</td></tr><tr><td>Add Staffs</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span>
file and append the staffs from the (first) movement of it to the staffs in the current movement.</td></tr><tr><td>Add Movements</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span>
file and append the movements from it to the current score.</td></tr><tr><td>Open Recent</td><td>Open a file recently edited.</td></tr><tr><td>Open Standard Template</td><td>Create score from a stock template.</td></tr><tr><td>Open from Gallery</td><td>Create score from an example in the Gallery.</td></tr><tr><td>Open Custom Template</td><td>Create score from a template you have saved.</td></tr><tr><td>New Window</td><td>Open another instance of
<span class="productname">Denemo</span>.</td></tr><tr><td>Open in New</td><td>Open an existing <span class="productname">Denemo</span> file
in a new tab (or "page") so that both can be used at once.</td></tr><tr><td>Save</td><td>Save the current file.</td></tr><tr><td>Save As</td><td>Save the current file with a new name.</td></tr><tr><td>Save Parts</td><td>Saves a set of parts (staves) in LilyPond format.</td></tr><tr><td>Export PDF</td><td>Run LilyPond on the current file to create a PDF.</td></tr><tr><td>Print</td><td>Displays the score in a pdf view, from which it can be printed.</td></tr><tr><td>Print excerpt</td><td>Displays only the selection in image viewer, from which it can be saved.</td></tr><tr><td>Print Current Part</td><td>Displays one part taken from the score in a pdf view, from which it can be printed.</td></tr><tr><td>Score Wizard</td><td>Open a<span class="guilabel"> Score Setup Wizard.</span></td></tr><tr><td>Close</td><td>Close the current score but keep other
<span class="productname">Denemo</span> scores open.</td></tr><tr><td>Quit</td><td>Close the current scores and exit
<span class="productname">Denemo</span>.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Edit"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2967920"></a>Edit</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">Edit</span> menu to access common editing
commands.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Undo</td><td>Undo the pitch and rhythm just added.</td></tr><tr><td>Redo</td><td>Redo the pitch and rhythm just added.</td></tr><tr><td>Select</td><td>Menu items for selecting music in the score.</td></tr><tr><td>Cut</td><td>Copy the selected notation to the clipboard and delete
the selection.</td></tr><tr><td>Copy</td><td>Copy the selected notation to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td>Paste</td><td>Paste the copied notation at the cursor point.</td></tr><tr><td>Paste LilyPond Notes</td><td>Paste text as LilyPond notes. Open a .ly file in a text editor, copy some notes and then execute this command to capture them into Denemo.</td></tr><tr><td>Edit Object</td><td>A general interface to editing whatever is at the cursor, especially Directives attached to notes/chords.</td></tr><tr><td>Change Preferences</td><td>Set external programs (LilyPond, PDF viewer etc.), autosave interval etc. These values will bre remembered when you re-start the program</td></tr><tr><td>Customize Commands, Shortcuts...</td><td class="auto-generated"> </td></tr><tr><td>Quick settings checkbox
</td><td>One touch setting of keyboad shortcuts</td></tr><tr><td>Save Command Set.</td><td> Save your current customization of the menu commands and shortcuts.</td></tr><tr><td>Manage Command Set.</td><td> Hide/Delete/Show menu items, set keyboard shortcuts, set cursor shapes, load/save all these.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="View"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2968098"></a>View</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the <span class="guimenu">View</span> menu to toggle toolbars and
palettes used with the mouse.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Score View</td><td>Shows the score in panorama format for editing. The printed score will generally look different.</td></tr><tr><td>Print View</td><td>Shows the score as engraved by the LilyPond typesetter. You cannot edit in this window, but you can drag items to indicate how you want an item edited.</td></tr><tr><td>Lyrics View</td><td>Shows any lyrics for the current staff/voice. Each verse has its own tab, when selected the lyric placement shows in the Denemo display, so you can adjust by typing in the lyrics view window</td></tr><tr><td>Rhythms Patterns</td><td>Allows custom rhythm patterns. Enter rhythms by setting up patterns and then overlay the rhythms with pitches via MIDI or microphone</td></tr><tr><td>Note and Rest Entry</td><td>Notes and rests buttons – the highlighted button is current duration – click a button to enter a note/rest, or to edit the note under the cursor in edit mode</td></tr><tr><td>Articulation Palette</td><td>A (limited) palette of expression marks etc to apply to notes. More are in the menu system under Markings.</td></tr><tr><td>Score Titles, Controls etc</td><td>If this is checked any Titles, indent settings etc applying to the score can be shown as buttons at the top of the score. They must be created with their graphic field set for this.</td></tr><tr><td>Menu of Objects</td><td>Menu of all the Denemo commands listed under type of object</td></tr><tr><td>Show LilyPond</td><td>Pops up a window for customizing the LilyPond</td></tr><tr><td>Show Scheme Script</td><td>Pops up a window for showing scripts written in scheme to control Denemo</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Input"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2968257"></a>Input</h3></div></div></div><p>Choose whether to use external sources (Audio from the Mic input or MIDI) for Denemo. To use these you may need to review the settings in Edit->Prefs first.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="More"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2968270"></a>More</h3></div></div></div><p>Add commands to Denemo. Extra commands are available (those which not everyone will want) via this menu. More Commands gives commands shipped with Denemo, while My Commands gives ones that you have created locally. Note that the extra commands can also be loaded at the menu where you are looking for them (you right-click on a menu item, and if there are more commands for that menu the More Commands for this Menu item will show),</p><p>
Update Commands from the Internet allows you to get the latest versions of commands directly from ftp://denemo.org. They are stored in the .denemo/download directory in your home directory. You can set a preference to have this happen in the background every time you start Denemo, if you prefer.
</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Playback"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2968295"></a>Playback</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the Playback menu to start playback of your score. Denemo lets
you hear your score, using an internal synthesizer.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Play</td><td>Plays from the start marker to the end marker</td></tr><tr><td>Stop</td><td>Stops the playback</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Help"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2968351"></a>Help</h3></div></div></div><p>Use the Help menu to get help using Denemo.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Help</td><td>Launch a browser to view this manual.</td></tr><tr><td>Chat to Other Users</td><td>Connects you to a site with other users to give advice.</td></tr><tr><td>About</td><td>View Denemo version information.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Toolbar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2968419"></a>Toolbar</h2></div></div></div><p>Use the Toolbar to access common Denemo commands quickly. The Tool
Bar contains the following icons:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Icon</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/new.png" /></div></td><td>Creates a new document.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/scorewizard.png" /></div></td><td>Creates a new document using the score wizard.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/open.png" /></div></td><td>Opens the Open File dialog box.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/save.png" /></div></td><td>Saves the current file</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/print.png" /></div></td><td>Runs LilyPond to convert the current file to PDF and
sends it to the printer for printing</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/undo.png" /></div></td><td>Undoes the last action. (Currently Undo only works for
adding notes)</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/redo.png" /></div></td><td>Redoes the previous undo action. (Currently Redo only
works for adding notes).</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/cut.png" /></div></td><td>Cuts the current selection to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/copy.png" /></div></td><td>Copies the selected notation to the clipboard.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/paste.png" /></div></td><td>Pastes the current clipboard item at the cursor
position.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/gotobegin.png" /></div></td><td>Jumps to the first measure of the movement.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/gotoend.png" /></div></td><td>Jumps to the last measure of the movement.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Playback Controls"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2968686"></a>Playback Controls</h2></div></div></div><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/playbackcontrols.png" /></div><p>Use this frame to control MIDI playback of the current movement. It has the following controls:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Icon</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/first.png" /></div></td><td>Runs DenemoFirst script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/goback.png" /></div></td><td>Runs DenemoGoBack script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/goback.png" /></div></td><td>Moves the start playback position backwards. Runs DenemoGoBack script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/goup.png" /></div></td><td>Sets start playback position to cursor. Runs DenemoStartToCursor script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/next.png" /></div></td><td>Moves the start playback position forwards. Runs DenemoNext script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/rewind.png" /></div></td><td>Runs DenemoRewind script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/stop.png" /></div></td><td>Runs DenemoStop script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/play.png" /></div></td><td>Runs DenemoPlay script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/record.png" /></div></td><td>Starts playing back while recording from MIDI-in.(Runs DenemoRecord scriptto do this).</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/forward.png" /></div></td><td>Moves the end playback position backwards.Runs DenemoGoForward script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/down.png" /></div></td><td>Sets the end playback position to the cursor.Runs DenemoEndToCursor script.</td></tr><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/last.png" /></div></td><td>Moves the end playback position forwards. Runs DenemoLast script.</td></tr><tr><td>Loop</td><td>Runs DenemoLoop script.</td></tr><tr><td>Conductor</td><td>When you press Play the music advances past the cursor only while the mouse is moving.</td></tr><tr><td>Reset</td><td>Internal Synth only. Performs a reset on the synth. Also resets the start/end play positions to whole piece (the visual display shows just a red bar at the start)</td></tr><tr><td>Panic</td><td>Jack only. Emits jack panic.</td></tr><tr><td>Set from Selection</td><td>Sets the selection to be the start/end. Note first use in a session is buggy.</td></tr><tr><td>Tempo</td><td>For movements with a single tempo this tempo is changed for rest of the playback. If the movement has an embedded MIDI tempo change, the change will be altered proportionally. The movement tempo setting itself is not altered - you are just altering the playback.(See next button or Movements->MIDI Tempo for setting that)</td></tr><tr><td>Set Tempo</td><td>Sets the overall tempo of the movement to the value fixed by the Tempo slider</td></tr><tr><td>Volume</td><td>Reduces the current volume by the % set. Again, this applies only to playback and proportionally affects embedded dynamics.</td></tr><tr><td>Set</td><td>Calls the DenemoSetPlaybackIntervalToSelection script.</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Midi In Controls"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969140"></a>Midi In Controls</h2></div></div></div><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/midiincontrols.png" /></div><p>Use this frame to control MIDI input to the current movement. It has the following controls:</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Icon</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/enharmonicselection.png" /></div></td><td>Sets the end sharps and flats to use.</td></tr><tr><td>MIDI->Score</td><td>Directs the MIDI in to the score or to a MIDI recorder. The MIDI recorder is active when Record button is pressed. When you wish to return to score editing, this button re-directs MIDI-in to the score.</td></tr><tr><td>Delete</td><td>Deletes your MIDI recording.</td></tr><tr><td>Convert</td><td>Converts your MIDI recording to Notation. Not yet at all practical!</td></tr><tr><td>MIDI status</td><td>Tells you how MIDI in will be treated. Press Control/Shift/Alt keys to modify</td></tr><tr><td>Switch to Play Along Playback</td><td>With this set, when you press Play the music will not advance past the cursor until you play the note. (Mute the current staff to prevent double sounding of notes)</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Object Menu"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969267"></a>Object Menu</h2></div></div></div><p>The object menus give you actions (such as insert, delete ...) ordered by the objects (notes, staffs, measures ...) that they act on.</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Menu Item</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Score</td><td>Settings that apply to the whole score.</td></tr><tr><td>Movements</td><td>Insert/remove navigate, change the properties of movements.</td></tr><tr><td>Staffs/Voices</td><td>Insert/remove, navigate, swap, change the properties of staffs or voices</td></tr><tr><td>Measures</td><td>Insert/remove navigate measures .</td></tr><tr><td>Notes/Rests</td><td>The first menu item in this menu depends on which mode you have chosen. For example in Classic mode there is a function to move the cursor to a new note while in Insert mode the function inserts a note of the given name. These menu items are present mainly to allow you to set shortcuts – it would be too slow to use them for actually entering notes/rests. I addition there are menu items for inserting rests, deleting, tied notes, setting the notehead style and stem direction, grace notes, triplets, transposing and more </td></tr><tr><td>Chords</td><td>Insert/remove notes from a chord.</td></tr><tr><td>Clefs</td><td>Insert change or set the initial clef.</td></tr><tr><td>Keys</td><td>Insert a change or set the initial key.</td></tr><tr><td>Time Signatures</td><td>Insert a change or set the initial time signature.</td></tr><tr><td>Markings</td><td>Insert/remove tempo indications, dynamics, slurs, trills etc.</td></tr><tr><td>Cursor</td><td>Navigation of the (Denemo) cursor.</td></tr><tr><td>Bookmarks</td><td>Create/delete or move to bookmarked positions in the current movement.</td></tr><tr><td>Lyrics</td><td>Create and delete lyrics.</td></tr><tr><td>Other</td><td>Enter chord symbols, figured basses or LilyPond directives. Clear overlays.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect2" title="Score"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2969471"></a>Score</h3></div></div></div><p>
In the score properties dialog things that affect the whole piece can be set, as well as the titles of the current movement. In the score properties dialog you can include directives to apply to all the movements.
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><p>When a file is loaded it opens with the final movement set as the current movement.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Adding Markings"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2969493"></a>Adding Markings</h3></div></div></div><p>Dynamics, Slurs, Trills, Tempo Indications, and much more a found in the Markings menu </p><p>You can collect together your favorite ones, either by assigning shortcuts, or creating a menu of favorite commands which just invoke the action you use. </p><div class="procedure" title="Procedure 4. Adding Markings using the Articulation palette"><a id="id2969512"></a><p class="title"><b>Procedure 4. Adding Markings using the Articulation palette</b></p><p>Some ornaments and articulations have been collected together as a palette. </p><div class="example"><a id="expressions_palette"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 1. </b></p><div class="example-contents"><div class="mediaobject"><img src="images/expressions_palette.png" /></div></div></div><br class="example-break" /><ol class="procedure" type="1"></ol></div></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Music Snippets"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969546"></a>Music Snippets</h2></div></div></div><p>The Music Snippet toolbar lets you keep a number of snippets of music for pasting into your score. You can enter notes following a rhythmic pattern of a snippet. If you have a pattern in your music that appears many times you only need to type it once. By selecting it and clicking Create Snippet you install that snippet on the toolbar. Then as you enter notes (in Insert Mode) the notes follow the rhythmic pattern chosen. Pressing a duration key goes back to adding notes of the prevailing duration. You can have several snippets like this and switch between them using the space bar (or other keybinding of your choice). Another (more musical) way of entering rhythms is to "drum" them in using the keys on the computer keyboard for quarter-note, eighth-note etc, a curious sort of "musical instrument" where you change key for different durations. Use the numeric keypad for this. Drumming in is quickly learnt and, by playing in the notes rhythmically you can keep your place in the music. Use the immediate feedback option for this, so that you get a bell to confirm when you have completed a measure.</p><p>
The snippets toolbar is also where "special" notes such as Breve, Longa will appear.
</p><p>Using Input->Midi or Audio allows you to enter pitches directly. If you have entered your piece of music as pure rhythm you can overlay with the pitches using a MIDI controller or musical instrument with mic, headphones out or pickup attached to your soundcard.
</p></div><div class="sect1" title="A Survey of the Input Methods"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969605"></a>A Survey of the Input Methods</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="subtitle">Introduction</h4></div></div></div><p>
Denemo allows you to explore all the actions (insert/delete/edit/navigate...) using the menus. So, for example, inserting notes can be found under Notes/Rests while inserting a Staff comes under Staffs/Voices.
</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"> When you have found the action you need you can right click on the menu item to get an explanation of the action and to view/set a key press- a keyboard shortcut - to activate the action. If you are setting a lot of keyboard shortcuts for menu items you can check the Edit->Keyboard Setup->Allow Quick Shortcut Edits button, whereupon you can set the keyboard shortcut just by pressing the desired key while the menu item is selected. In addition you can customize the mouse actions to initiate commands, and set the cursor that will show while certain mouse conditions apply.
</td></tr></table></div><p>
</p><p>Denemo offers several ways of entering music: typing at the keyboard, playing in via a MIDI keyboard (controller), playing in acoustically using a microphone or choosing items from the menu system. </p><p>Using the menus for everything would be very slow, but next to each menu item is the keypress that you can use instead. If there is no keypress shown, and you want to use that item often, then right click on the menu item and you can set a key combination for that menu action. Right clicking is also useful for getting a description of what the menu action is. </p><p> Typing at the keyboard can be very fast, if you forget which keypress you need you can consult the menu system to find out. This method is good for touch typists.
</p><p class="persom">For entering a lot of already written-out music, playing the music in via a MIDI keyboard or microphone can offer the fastest and most musical method. </p><p>One way to do this is enter the music as pure rhythms, ignoring the note names. The durations show as yellow/brown notes. Each duration sounds its own pitch and length as you enter the durations. As you start each measure the bell will sound so that you can keep your eyes on the score you are copying without needing to look up and check that you haven't miss-typed. If you are a reading musician you will find that you tap in the rhythm rhythmically which helps to keep your place in the piece you are entering. </p><p>Once you have entered the rhythms for one or two measures you play the notes via MIDI - they automatically fill in the rhythm for you. When you play notes in via MIDI they give their pitches to the rhythm you have notated. By this means you can enter a piece of music in the time taken to play it twice - once to give the rhythm and once to give the pitches. If the piece modulates strongly you may need to shift the set of accidentals used to match the score. If entering pitches via a mic you need to navigate to the start point, but this isn't needed for MIDI in.
</p><p>The oldest Denemo keymaps are no longer supported. (see <a class="xref" href="#customizingDenemo" title="Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts">the section called “Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts”</a>). (Input via
MIDI keyboard and Mic in is now available). Denemo shortcuts also work on Numeric Keypad.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969705"></a>Playing Notes into Denemo - MIDI</h2></div></div></div><p>
Denemo can take pitches directly from MID input. Select Input->Midi Input. The control panel allows you to choose the enharmonic range. Under Input->MIDI are various "MIDI filters" that allow you to control how the MIDI input is used: with none active the behavior is as if you had entered the notes using the pc-keyboard, but with the following advantages
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
The octave, accidental and note name are all entered in one press of the MIDI key.
</li><li class="listitem">
The duration keys enter the yellow/brown duration-only notes, when you play a MIDI key the cursor automatically moves to the first of these.
</li><li class="listitem">
Holding down the Alt key (or sustain pedal) lets you enter chords.
</li><li class="listitem">
Holding down the Ctrl key lets you check the pitches of a piece already entered. The cursor only advances if the note played is the one at the cursor.
</li><li class="listitem">
Holding down the Shift key lets you listen to the MIDI keyboard without affecting the score.
</li></ul></div><p>
</p><p>
The MIDI filters are scheme scripts, so they can be tailored to do whatever you wish. One example is a filter that enables you to enter Figured Bass figures by playing the notes corresponding to the figures while holding down the bass note.
Another is the "AngryDelete" filter. With this filter on notes are entered normally with the cursor advancing automatically, but if you make a mistake and press the wrong note just hit the next one much louder and it will make the correction for you! MIDI filters are found under Input->MIDI
</p></div><div class="sect1" title="Transcribing from Facsimile or Hand-written Score"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969774"></a>Transcribing from Facsimile or Hand-written Score</h2></div></div></div><p>
This is particularly useful for difficult-to-read scores. Each measure of the original can be captured as an image and stored along with the Denemo measure that is your transcription. This makes the transcribing process much easier as you can glance at your original without losing your place in a large messy manuscript. Capturing the images of the measures is done using a screenshot type of process - you need to have the original visible on the screen so you can indicate the extent of each measure.
</p><p>
First display the original score or part on the screen using your pdf viewer or other image display software. Then, in Denemo, choose one of the Capture Measures commands. For a Full score you can capture all the parts at once - choose Movement->Capture Score->Capture Measures (Score). If you have parts use Staff->Capture Score->Capture Measures (One Staff).
</p><p>
Now you can continuously enter measures by left clicking at each measure. You can adjust the start position of the measure (which is normally the end of the last one) by right-clicking. As you enter a measure image a Denemo measure is entered into the score and the image placed underneath it. To stop entering images press a key on the keyboard. There are also commands to delete an erroneous measure-image and to insert a new one - N.B. when you delete the image for a measure all the other measures shift along by one, so they are under the wrong bars until you insert a new screenshot for the measure.
</p><p>
Now you can transcribe the music straight from the images directly under the measure you have selected.
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.denemo.org/dl21" target="_top">LaManina.denemo </a> is an example: the original print made in Venice is quite difficult to decipher and has a couple of errors. In this Denemo file each measure for each part can be seen directly beneath the transcription.
You will notice that in places the original measure was split across two lines; at the moment there is no mechanism for joining up the two halves, so instead the following measure has an image containing the remainder of the measure plus the next measure.
</p></div><div class="sect1" title="Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2969842"></a>Playing Notes into Denemo - Audio (Souncard Mic Input)</h2></div></div></div><p>
Denemo can listen for, and detect the pitch of notes on the mic input of the computer; it doesn't attempt to guess the rhythm - such systems do not work well - but you will find that playing the notes in time will help you to play them in, as well as make playing them in a musical experience rather than a chore.
</p><p>Playing the notes in can be much quicker than using the keyboard since the note octave and accidental are all given just by playing the note. If you are able to play a musical instrument then this will probably be much faster for you than typing note names, octave shifts and accidentals at the computer keyboard. Using the headphones out of an electronic keyboard avoids "noises-off" interfering with the pitch detection. Many microphones and pickups benefit from some pre-amplification - it is worth getting the level right before you begin.</p><p>When you select the Input->Audio on the Main Menu the Pitch Recognition window pops up. While the mouse pointer is inside the score drawing area the score is sensitive to pitches heard via the microphone input. The background colour of the score changes to show that the notes will be entered into the score. </p><p>There are two ways of using the pitch entry - Overlay mode (default) and Insert mode. The button marked Insert causes notes to be entered into the current measure in the prevailing rhythm - the mode is set to Insert for this. The button marked Overlays overlays the notes already present with the pitches you sound. There is a third button, marked Tuning, which is a state-of-the art musical instrument tuner.</p><p>
Music is entered into the measure which holds the cursor. If you are overlaying a rhythm already entered, then the first un-overlayed note in the measure is overlayed by the note detected. You can delete the overlay using the regular delete keys, or clear them altogether if you want to start over in a measure. If you are in Insert mode then the notes detected will be inserted at the cursor position.
</p><p>Use the enharmonic shift to select whether Bb or A# should be entered when you enter the given pitch - you can usefully go as far as B# and Fb.</p><p>Use the transpose control to shift up or down by octaves.</p><p>Most of the other settings would require study of the Aubio documentation to understand, but the one marked threshold may be useful to make the detection less sensitive to ambient noises if using a microphone with an acoustic instrument.</p><p> The best set-up is to plug the headphones-out socket of an electronic keyboard into the mic input, and choose a piano setting on the electronic keyboard.</p><p> If you don't have any musical instrument that you can plug directly into the mic in, then you can use an acoustic instrument with a microphone, in which case move your microphone closer or further from your instrument to get reliable detection. Too close and you get double detections, too far and you get missed ones. To check for good detection open a piece of music, set Overlay mode and put the cursor in the first measure and play the piece in – the notes should all turn blue if you have perfect detection. It is worth while getting perfect detection – more than one or two miss-detects per piece of music and you may want to use the Insert rather than the Overlay method.</p><p>
The Audio Input button introduces a special entry mode where the pitches you play in will overlay the rhythm, appearing as blue notes. You can delete any wrong pitches using the usual delete keys, without deleting the rhythm. In fact if you have an "interloper" (an extra spurious note) you can delete it and the other pitches will all move along to their correct places.</p><p>Another method of playing music in acoustically doesn't involve entering the rhythm separately. For this select Input->Audio and then choose Insert instead of Overlays on the Pitch Recognition Panel that pops up. With Insert the sounded notes are entered as in the prevailing rhythm. The same applies if you have MIDI, only you just need to select Insert mode to enter the notes in that case. So by choosing a rhythm (e.g. half-note, quarter-note, or a custom rhythm pattern) and playing in the pitches you can enter the music into a blank score.</p></div><div class="sect1" title="Score Setup"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="scoresetup"></a>Score Setup</h2></div></div></div><p>Denemo provides different ways to set up scores: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Create template with the special name "default.denemo". If this is placed at the top level of your templates directory (that is ~/.denemo/templates/default.denemo), then it will be opened each time you start a new score. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Create an init.denemo score with everything you want to start up with, and any actions you want to be taken before you begin. This will be opened when you first start Denemo (that is once per Denemo session). See <a class="xref" href="#initDotDenemo">the section called “Musical Score that Do Things!”</a> for details on what actions you can have Denemo perform before you start.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use a Template</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use shortcut keys to add staves and set attributes</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the Setup Wizard</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use Menus</p></li></ul></div><div class="sect4" title="Using Templates to Setup Scores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="id2970039"></a>Using Templates to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Denemo comes with a few preinstalled templates.
You can also design your own templates as well.</p><div class="procedure"><ol class="procedure" type="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><p>Navigate to <span class="guimenu">File</span>, <span class="guisubmenu">New From
Template</span>, The <span class="interface">Open</span> dialog
box appears.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><p>Double click on a template name from the list of
templates. The dialog box closes and the template appears.
</p></li></ol></div><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><p>Adjust the clef, key and time signatures as needed.</p></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect4" title="Using Shortcuts to Setup Scores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="id2970096"></a>Using Shortcuts to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Inserting attributes with shortcut keys is an effective way to
quickly customize a template.</p><div class="procedure"><ul class="procedure"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><p>Navigate to the Staff you want to change an attribute
using one of these shortcuts:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Select Staffs/Voices-\>StaffDown to move down one staff</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Select Staffs/Voices-\>StaffUp to move up one staff</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect4" title="Using Templates to Setup Scores"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="id2970143"></a>Using Templates to Setup Scores</h5></div></div></div><p>Denemo Comes with a wide range of prebuilt templates for
standard vocal and instrumental scores. If you have a custom score
setup you use over and over create a score layout using the Setup
Wizard and save it as a template.</p><div class="procedure"><ol class="procedure" type="1"><li class="step" title="Step 1"><p>Click on File-\>New From Template, The <code class="interfacename">
Open</code> Dialog box appears displaying the currently
available Templates.</p></li><li class="step" title="Step 2"><p>Double click on the template name in the righthand pane.
The template loads in the Main Denemo Window.</p><div class="note" title="Note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><table border="0" summary="Note"><tr><td rowspan="2" align="center" valign="top" width="25"><img alt="[Note]" src="images/note.png" /></td><th align="left">Note</th></tr><tr><td align="left" valign="top"><p>The currently active staff will be black. All other
staves will be yellow, until they are active.</p></td></tr></table></div></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="customizingDenemo"></a>Adding Key/Mouse Shortcuts</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="productname">Denemo</span> allows you to choose which keys activate which commands. It also allows you to choose Mouse press/release gestures (in combination with keys such as Shift, NumLock, CapsLock etc).
</p><p>
To choose a shortcut for a menu item, right-click on the item and choose the Create Mouse Shortcut, or the Edit Shortcuts option. The Set Mouse Shortcut Dialog requires you to set which button and action you want to use and then to hold/lock the keyboard modifier while clicking on the big button. The setting you have chosen is shown, and you click ok to accept it.
</p><p>
</p><p>
To set a keyboard shortcut, and to delete any sort of shortcut, use the Edit Shortcuts menu item. This dialog also allows you to choose a cursor to show while certain mouse actions are underway.
</p><p>
</p><p>
If your choice of keyboard shortcut already belongs to another command, you are warned about this, and given the chance to change your mind or steal the shortcut. Also, you can choose whether to distinguish between keypresses with, say the NumLock down and those without or to ignore it. If the NumLock is set but no command for that key specifically requires it then the setting of NumLock is ignored and the keypress is treated as if the NumLock was off.
</p><p>
The menu item that activates the command shows the shortcuts that exist in bright blue lettering. PrsL-CapsLoc, for example, is the Press action on the Left mouse key while the CapsLock light is on. In the default command set this is linked to the BeginSlur command, so that together with the RlsL-CapsLoc for the release of the left mouse button, you can "draw" slurs by using the mouse. Similarly, Shift with left mouse button (MveL-Shift) is set to allow you to drag notes up and down the staff. (This is using Command MoveNoteToCursor, which is found under Notes/Rests/Edit/Edit Note/To Cursor)</p></div><div class="sect1" title="More Commands"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2970246"></a>More Commands</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Adding More Features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2970251"></a>Adding More Features </h3></div></div></div><p>
It is possible to add more commands to the set that Denemo ships with. Some of these are shipped with Denemo, but not added automatically so as to keep the menu sizes manageable. Generally, you right-click to find more menu items to add; once added you can set a keyboard/mouse shortcut and keep the command in your default setup.
</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Adding Your Own Features"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2970267"></a>Adding Your Own Features </h3></div></div></div><p>
You can also get Denemo to remember a frequently used sequence of actions - it can be installed in the menu system and given a keyboard shortcut just like any other command. </p><p> To do this you right-click and choose Show Scheme Script. (You do not have to understand what a Scheme Script is to use this!). In the little window that pops up set Record Scheme Script and then do the set of steps you wish Denemo to remember, <span class="emphasis"><em>using the menu items, not keyboard, for each step</em></span>.
</p><p>As a simple example, suppose you wanted a command to delete the next note (there are commands to delete the previous note and the current note, so why not?). You would enter some notes, put on Record Scheme Script and then from the menu Cursor select Cursor Right (to move on to the note to be deleted), and with the Notes/Rests->Delete->Delete Object menu item you would delete the note. (Each time you use a menu item you will see a new command entered into the Scheme window). Now turn off Record Scheme Script and you can experiment with your new command by pressing Execute in the Scheme Script window. To save this new command for future use, you right click on a menu item (in the menu where you would like the command to appear) and choose "Save Script as New Menu Item", this will ask you to make up a name for your new command as well as a label for the menu item etc.
</p><p> You can save the command in your default sequence of commands (via Edit->Customize Commands...->Manage Command Set->Save as Default Command Set). If not you will be asked if you want to save your new commands when you exit. Otherwise you can re-load via the More->My Commands menu item.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="An even easier way"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2970318"></a>An even easier way</h3></div></div></div><p>
There is an even easier way of adding your own favorite LilyPond tweaks, which is by modifying a tweak that has already been done. This can be done by using the text-edit dialog on an existing Denemo Directive (usually found under the Advanced button provided by an edit script). Here you can see the actual LilyPond text that will be inserted, and there is a button to create a script to generate whatever you choose to enter. You can also enter the name of graphic images (.png files) that are to be used to represent your item in the display, and say where it should be positioned.
</p><p>
Once you have created the script, it can be saved in the menu system by right clicking on an item in the menu where you want to place the command, and choosing "Save Script as New Menu Item" as above.
</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Writing Scheme Scripts"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id2970345"></a>Writing Scheme Scripts </h3></div></div></div><p>
If you are a programmer you will have guessed that you can edit the Scheme Script window to create any command you want. Even if you are not familiar with Scheme you may find that you can adapt other scripts to do what you want.
</p><p>
A good example of this is a script to insert a particular LilyPond directive into the score. This is all that many scripts do: it is easy to see the piece of LilyPond in the Scheme Script window, and by changing it you can create a new command.
</p><p>
For example, from the More menu select the command /menus/ObjectMenu/Instruments/Orchestral/RehearsalMark (the files are laid out in folders/directories in the same way as the menu system itself). Then choose Get Script from the right click menu. With this command its script is appended to the Scheme Script window. Here you can see the part that says
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
(d-DirectivePut-standalone-postfix "RehearsalMark" " \\mark \\default" )
</li></ul></div><p>
which is inserting the LilyPond directive "\mark \default" which inserts the default rehearsal mark. (The extra \s are needed to tell Scheme that you literally mean a \ sign). You can change this to insert any other LilyPond that you need - always doubling the \ signs. The you can save as a new menu item, or use Save Script to customize the script you started with.
</p><p>
More ambitious programmers will need to know all the commands available. Besides the complete Denemo command set (the list is given in the Command Management window) there are the following additional Scheme procedures defined.
</p></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">d-InitializeScript deprecated - init.scm is now run automatically. (parameter: action-name) runs a script init.scm in the menupath attached to the action whose name is given. Used by commands that need a time-consuming initialization step which can be skipped on subsequent calls.
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetType returns a scheme string indicating the type of the current object
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetNoteName returns a scheme string, giving the note name a-g of the current note
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetNote returns a scheme string, the note name, accidental and octave of the current note (LilyPond notation)
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetNotes returns a scheme string, the notes of a chord separated by NULL characters
</li><li class="listitem">d-PutNoteName takes a string argument, a note in LilyPond notation. Changes the note at the cursor. Not for use with multi-note chords.
</li><li class="listitem">d-DiatonicShift Deprecated.
</li><li class="listitem">d-NextObject moves cursor to next object, returning TRUE if current object has changed
</li><li class="listitem">d-NextChord as d-NextObject, but skipping non-chord objects. chords includes rests and chords with 1 or more notes.
</li><li class="listitem">d-NextNote as d-NextChord but skipping rests (i.e. chords with 0 notes).
</li><li class="listitem">d-NextStandaloneDirective as NextObject, stopping on a standalone directive. Using d-DirectiveGet-standalone tag a directive of a particular tag can be found.
</li><li class="listitem">(d-Directive-<span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span>? optional-tag) where <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> is one of score, scoreheader, movementcontrol, header, paper, layout, clef, timesig, keysig, staff, voice, standalone, chord or note.This returns #t if the cursor is on a directive of <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> (with tag optional-tag if optional-tag is present) else #f
</li><li class="listitem">(d-DirectivePut-standalone? tag) inserts a standalone directive with the given tag at the current cursor position and places the cursor on it.
</li><li class="listitem">(d-DirectiveGetTag-<span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span>) where <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> is one of score, scoreheader, movementcontrol, header, paper, layout, clef, timesig, keysig, staff, voice, standalone, chord or note. This returns the tag if the cursor is on a directive of <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> else #f
</li><li class="listitem">(d-DirectiveGetTagForTag-<span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> tag) returns the tag passed in if the cursor is on directive of <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> with that tag, else it returns the tag of the first directive of <span class="emphasis"><em>type</em></span> that is present at the cursor, else #f
</li><li class="listitem">d-WarningDialog Pass a string argument to pop up a warning.
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetOption (parameter string of options). Takes a null separated set of options and pops up a dialog offering them to the user. Returns the one chosen or #f if the user cancels.
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetChar returns a string containing a single character from the user (blocks waiting for a keypress)
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetKeypress returns a string representing a keypress from the user (blocks waiting for a keypress) (e.g. Up for the up arrow key etc.)
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetCommand returns a string containing the command name for the user's keypress (blocks waiting for a keypress)
</li><li class="listitem">d-GetUserInput takes three strings, displays and returns the user's response as a string.
</li><li class="listitem">
d-GetMidi
</li><li class="listitem">
d-PutMidi
</li><li class="listitem">
d-PlayMidiKey
</li><li class="listitem">
d-BassFigure
</li><li class="listitem">
d-GetNoteAsMidi
</li><li class="listitem">
d-RefreshDisplay
</li><li class="listitem">
d-InputFilterNames sets the status bar
</li><li class="listitem">
d-Chordize Ensure that even a single note is treated as a chord - needed for some LilyPond constructs (e.g. fingerings)
</li></ul></div><p>
Standard Denemo commands that pop up dialogs will work as usual if no argument is passed to them from Scheme. In general if a string consisting of strings of the form "name=value\0" is passed these will be used and no popup will occur. The field "name" will be given the value "value". The \0 is a NULL character that separates the assignment strings. As a shorthand if there is only one value being passed you can just pass the value. The names of the fields depend on the action being called. So for example
</p><div class="example"><a id="schemecalls"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 2. </b></p><div class="example-contents">
(d-Open "filename=myfile.denemo\0")
</div></div><p><br class="example-break" />
will open the file "myfile.denemo".
</p><p>
This feature is being rolled out, and currently works for
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
d-InsertLilyDirective (directive, display. minpixels) (deprecated function)
</li><li class="listitem">
d-AttachLilyToChord (prefix, postfix, display) deprecated see d-DirectiveGet-chord-* and d-DirectivePut-chord-* below
</li><li class="listitem">
d-AttachLilyToNote (prefix, postfix, display) deprecated see d-DirectiveGet-note* and Put below
</li><li class="listitem">
d-StaffProperties understands a couple of property=value settings
</li><li class="listitem">
d-InitialClef
</li><li class="listitem">
d-InsertClef
</li><li class="listitem">
d-InitialKey
</li><li class="listitem">
d-InsertKey
</li><li class="listitem">
d-Open filename
</li><li class="listitem">
d-ScoreProperties (fontsize= size of font to be used for score)
</li></ul></div><p>
</p></div><div class="sect1" title="Variables Defined in Scheme"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2970658"></a>Variables Defined in Scheme</h2></div></div></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Variable Name</th><th>Meaning</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>LG-Tenuto</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Marcato</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Expressivo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Accent</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_VERSION</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_ACTIONS_DIR</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Staccatissimo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_LILYPOND_DIR</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_LOCAL_ACTIONS_DIR</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Staccato</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_LOCAL_LILYPOND_DIR</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_VARCODA</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_CODA</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_SEGNO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_REVERSETURN</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_SIGNUMCONGRUENTIAE</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_LINEPRALL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PRALLUP</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PRALLDOWN</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DBLQ</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_DOWNMORDENT</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LFEED</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_UPMORDENT</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>stop</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_DOWNPRALL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PRALL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PRALLPRALL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PRALLMORDENT</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_TURN</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_TRILL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MORDENT</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_UPPRALL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_VERYLONGFERMATA</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_LONGFERMATA</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_SHORTFERMATA</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_FERMATA</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PLUSNOTEHEAD</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_STOPPED</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_ARPEGGIATOUP</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_ARPEGGIATODOWN</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_ARPEGGIO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_SNAPPIZZICATO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_HARMONIC</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_RHEEL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_LHEEL</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_THUMB</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_DOWNBOW</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_UPBOW</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_PORTATO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_TENUTO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MARCATO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_EXPRESSIVO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_ACCENT</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_STACCATISSIMO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_STACCATO</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest7</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest6</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest5</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest4</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest3</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest2</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest1</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest0</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST7</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST6</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST5</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST4</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest8</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST3</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note8</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST2</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest7</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST1</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note7</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>REST0</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest6</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note6</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest5</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note5</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest4</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note4</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest3</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note3</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest2</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note2</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest1</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note1</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Rest0</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo-Note0</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_browser</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CurrentScript</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-Delete</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-SetPadding</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-EditText</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-OffsetPositionOne</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-OffsetPositionAll</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-SetRelativeFontSize</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-PlaceBelow</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-PlaceAbove</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>cue-Advanced</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusicalSymbols-flat</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusicalSymbols-sharp</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GlobalRememberInterval</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_imageviewer</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_profile</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_username</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_denemopath</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_temperament</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midi_in</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_sequencer</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Varcoda</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Coda</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Segno</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-ReverseTurn</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Signumcongruentiae</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midi_audio_output</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-LinePrall</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_audio_driver</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_midi_driver</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-PrallUp</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_soundfont</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-PrallDown</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-DownMordent</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-UpMordent</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-DownPrall</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-UpPrall</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Prall</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-PrallPrall</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-PrallMordent</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Pitchbend::commandDown</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Pitchbend::commandUp</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Turn</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Trill</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Mordent</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Upprall</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::ASCIISTRING</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-VeryLongFermata</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::NOTATIONSTRING</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-LongFermata</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-ShortFermata</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Fermata</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_lilypath</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midiplayer</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-PlusNoteHead</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_audioplayer</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fontspec</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Stopped</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_pdfviewer</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-ArpeggiatoUp</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-ArpeggiatoDown</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Arpeggio</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Snappizzicato</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Harmonic</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Rheel</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Lheel</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Thumb</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-DownBow</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-UpBow</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LG-Portato</td><td>-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Functions Callable from Scheme"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="id2972273"></a>Functions Callable from Scheme</h2></div></div></div>
All functions are prefixed by d- when called from scheme. For example the command Help is called thus (d-Help).
<div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col /><col /><col /><col /></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Command Name</th><th>Help</th><th>Label</th><th>Menu Path</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>ClosingBarline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_PERCENT</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetLastChange</td><td>"return a string giving the latest step available for Undo"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::IntervalCalcUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReloadDrumHash</td><td>Reloads the drum map which is needed for DrumGm2User</td><td>Reload the "Drum GM to User" map</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>LilyPondInclude</td><td>Allows specification of a LilyPond include file from the Denemo provided include files.</td><td>LilyPond Include File</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteDuration</td><td>"Returns the duration in LilyPond syntax of the note at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GuessBaseNoteInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MIDI_MASK</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert C Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetDiatonic</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReloadDrumHash::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::inexact->exact</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MIDI_INTERPRETATION_MASK</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert G Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_MIDI_ACTION_MASK</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StageForUndo</td><td>"Undo normally undoes all the actions performed by a script. This puts a stage at the point in a script where it is called, so that a user-invoked undo will stop at this point, continuing when a further undo is invoked. Returns #t"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert D Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger5</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 5</td><td>Finger 5</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePan</td><td>Where in the stereo field the channel sound will be placed.</td><td>10 Pan</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>GetDots</td><td>"Returns the number of dots on the note at the cursor, or #f if no note"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_DYNAMIC</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertASharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert A# Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger5::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-standalone?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AccompanistsScore</td><td>Sets/Unsets the top staff of each movement to a tiny font, with the lower staffs - the accompaniment - at the normal font. Print effect only.</td><td>(Print) Accompanist's Score</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert D# Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::IntervalCalcPrototype</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_HIDDEN</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CloseRepeat</td><td>Closes a section that starts with an Open Repeat. Not needed with 1st and 2nd time bars. (Printing)</td><td>Close a Repeat Section</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</td></tr><tr><td>NewVoice</td><td>Adds a voice to the current staff, initially displayed on a staff of its own, for readability. It will print on the staff above, and can be displayed there using Join Voices command if desired.</td><td>Add Voice</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor7</td><td>Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Minor 7th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureComplete?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert G# Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CloseRepeat::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor7::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNotes</td><td>"Returns a space separated string of LilyPond notes for the chord at the cursor position or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OverfullMeasure?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil</td><td>Deactivates the stencil for Time Signatures for the whole score, which prevents them from getting drawn and taking space. But the logic is still active.</td><td>(Print) Don't Engrave Time Signatures</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_MARKUP</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpOne</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpOne</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert C# Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::Alteration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePan::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpPerfect5</td><td>Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Perfect 5th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>FullDurationMeasure?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpOne::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F# Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeactivateTimeSignatureStencil::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_ABOVE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LilyPondInclude::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpPerfect5::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AccompanistsScore::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert B Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetHalfToneDistanceFromC</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VERSION_MAJOR</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NewVoice::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteFromTop</td><td>"Takes optional integer parameter n = 1..., returns LilyPond representation of the nth note of the chord at the cursor counting from the highest, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Beam1234</td><td>Beams end on each quarter note (up to 4).</td><td>Beam 4 Beats</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>DecreaseGuard</td><td>"Drop one guard against collecting undo information. Returns #t if there are no more guards
(undo information will be collected)
or #f if there are still guards in place."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert E Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetWhiteKey</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VERSION_MINOR</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Beam1234::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert A Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AccentSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Adds the > accent</td><td>Accent (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>VERSION_MICRO</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureFillStatus</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDuration1</td><td>Change one chord member to appear like a half-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</td><td>Change chord-member to half note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Cb Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetOctave</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AccentSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNote</td><td>"Takes optional integer parameter n = 1..., returns LilyPond representation of the nth note of the chord at the cursor counting from the lowest, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMeasureEnd</td><td>Move the Cursor to the end of the measure</td><td>Go To Measure End</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LimitInterSystemSpace</td><td>Limits the extent to which the lines are spaced apart to fill the page.</td><td>Limit Space Between Systems</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDuration1::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IncreaseGuard</td><td>"Stop collecting undo information. Call DecreaseGuard when finished. Returns #f if already guarded, #t if this call is stopping the undo collection"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Gb Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetStartTick</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LimitInterSystemSpace::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Db Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger4</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 4</td><td>Finger 4</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Ab Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-clef</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a clef directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChooseBarline</td><td>Choose a barline </td><td>Choose Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>PutWholeMeasureRests</td><td>"Insert rests at the cursor to the value of the one whole measure in the key signature and return the number of rests inserted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TakeSnapshot</td><td>"Snapshots the current movement putting it in the undo queue returns #f if no snapshot was taken because of a guard"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Eb Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenRepeat</td><td>Marks the point where a repeat will start. A correspond close, or first and second time bars are needed.</td><td>Open Repeat Section</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</td></tr><tr><td>ChooseBarline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Bb Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenRepeat::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Piece</td><td>Prints a piece name for the Movement</td><td>Piece</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TypesettingOn</td><td>Turns on typesetting from this point forward in all staffs.</td><td>TypesettingOn</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-clef</td><td>"Activates a clef directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteName</td><td>"Returns the name of the (highest) note in any chord at the cursor position, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Exit</td><td>"Exits Denemo without saving history, prefs etc."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert C# Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>use-denemo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Piece::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GroupStaffStart</td><td>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In the StaffGroup context, the group is started with a bracket and bar lines are drawn through all the staves.</td><td>GroupStaff Start</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>TypesettingOn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BeamingOn</td><td>(Print) Start automatic beaming at this point in score. (Used after turning beaming off).</td><td>Start Beaming</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertFSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert F# Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::ChangeNoteDurationInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDurationLonga</td><td>Change one chord member to appear like a longa duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</td><td>Change chord-member to longa</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</td></tr><tr><td>HideMovement</td><td>Hides the movement on printing.</td><td>(Print) Hide Movement</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Bmaj</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeBalance</td><td>Balance. Typically used for a stereo signal tweak without changing the pan itself. Like a CD player. </td><td>8 Balance</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-clef</td><td>"Deletes a clef directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DebugObject</td><td>"Prints out information about the object at the cursor"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideMovement::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateThumbnail</td><td>"Creates a thumbnail for the current score. With no argument it waits for the thumbnail to complete, freezing any display. With #t it generates the thumbnail asynchrously. It does not report on completion."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetCursorNoteAsLilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Emaj</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TenutoSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Toggles the Tenuto Line _ On/Off</td><td>Tenuto (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>OpEight</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpEight</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CHORD</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeBalance::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetPrevailingTimeSig</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Amaj</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoConvert</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpEight::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TUPOPEN</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomReset</td><td>Zoom to 100%, restore the original size</td><td>Zoom to 100%</td><td>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpDiminished5</td><td>Add a diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Diminished 5th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>TenutoSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GroupStaffStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Dmaj</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TUPCLOSE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomReset::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetCursorNote</td><td>"Returns the note name for the line or space where the cursor is"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetThumbnailSelection</td><td>"Sets the selection to be used for a thumbnail. Returns #f if no selection or selection not in first movement else #t."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertGmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Gmaj</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger3</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 3</td><td>Finger 3</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BreathMark</td><td>Inserts a Breath Mark</td><td>Breath Mark</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>CLEF</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed</td><td>Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Harmonic-black</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Cmaj</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::InsertNotes</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoSetPlaybackIntervalToSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BreathMark::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TIMESIG</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-midibytes</td><td>"Gets the value of the midibytes field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set98Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 9/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoSetPlaybackEnd</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>KEYSIG</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SuggestSharp</td><td>Prints a sharp above the note at the cursor</td><td>Suggest Sharp</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToRest</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MultiMeasureRests</td><td>Creates a multi-measure rest from the whole measure rests after the cursor. You must create the whole measure rests first.</td><td>Multi-Measure Rests</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpDiminished5::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetHorizontalPosition</td><td>"Returns the cursor horizontal position in current measure.
1 = first position in measure, n+1 is appending position where n is the number of objects in current measure"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteSelection</td><td>"Deletes all objects in the selection Returns #f if no selection else #t."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set128Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 12/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoSetPlaybackStart</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BARLINE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MultiMeasureRests::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set68Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 6/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoVolume</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>STEMDIRECTIVE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TypesettingOff</td><td>Turns off typesetting from that point until turned on.</td><td>TypesettingOff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-mixed::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStaccato</td><td>Mark/Unmark the chord staccato</td><td>Staccato (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>Set38Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 3/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MEASUREBREAK</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TypesettingOff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BeamingOn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ChangeChordNotes</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PopClipboard</td><td>"Pops the Denemo clipboard (cut/copy buffer) from a stack created by d-PushClipboard. Returs #f if nothing on stack, else #t."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set64Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 6/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoVolume::Value</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMeasure</td><td>"Returns the measure number counting from 1"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>STAFFBREAK</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SuggestSharp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeStaff</td><td>(Print) the current voice moves to the staff you name.</td><td>Change Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>MovementPageBreak</td><td>Prints this movement starting on a new page</td><td>Page Break Before</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Set24Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 2/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rest?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoTempo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure</td><td>Move the cursor left until it finds an empty measure or the staffs beginning</td><td>Move To Previous Empty Measure</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>DYNAMIC</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ForAllMovements</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementPageBreak::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set34Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 3/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Note?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Blank</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GRACE_START</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoTempo::Value</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.dots</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Toggles Staccatissimo</td><td>Staccatissimo (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>PushClipboard</td><td>"Pushes the Denemo clipboard (cut/copy buffer) onto a stack; Use d-PopClipboard to retrieve it."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set44Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 4/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetChordNotes</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetStaff</td><td>"Returns the staff/voice number counting from 1"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GRACE_END</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStaccato::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.baseduration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaccatissimoSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set42Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 4/2 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>disp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LYRIC</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set32Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 3/2 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::Ans2Ly</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger2</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 2</td><td>Finger 2</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToPreviousEmptyMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FIGURE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDuration2</td><td>Change one chord member to appear like a quarter-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</td><td>Change Chordmember to Quarter </td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoLoop</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteScreenshot</td><td>"Takes a parameter #t or #f: Delete a screenshot for the current measure, either across staffs or for current staff."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set22Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set 2/2 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor7</td><td>Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Major 7th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>GetMovement</td><td>"Returns the movement number counting from 1"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LILYDIRECTIVE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert98Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 9/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::Ly2Ans</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor7::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FAKECHORD</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoLast</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertWholeMeasureRest</td><td>Inserts/Appends a rest measure; if the current measure is empty, it simply places the whole measure rest in it. Do not invoke in a populated measure preceding an empty measure.</td><td>Insert Whole Measure Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>PARTIAL</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert128Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 12/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UserScreenshot</td><td>"Takes a parameter #t or #f and optional position: Get a screenshot from the user and append or insert it in a list (one per measure) either applying across the staffs or to the current staff."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertWholeMeasureRest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftCursor</td><td>"Shifts the cursor up or down by the integer amount passed in"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tremolo</td><td>Inserts LilyPond directive to make preceding note tremolo.\nGive the duration of the subdivisions required using a duration key.</td><td>Tremolo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>Insert68Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 6/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoForward</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeModwheel</td><td>Change the Modwheel value of a channel/staff</td><td>1 Modwheel</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>Tremolo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert38Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 3/8 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpAugmented4</td><td>Add a tritone/augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Augmented 4th above base </td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>Hide</td><td>Hides the object at cursor position with a lilypond directive. Currently only Notes and the three Signatures. No rests!</td><td>(Print) Hide Object</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeModwheel::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoNext</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomOut</td><td>Zoom Out</td><td>Zoom Out</td><td>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</td></tr><tr><td>Insert64Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 6/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpAugmented4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ActionChooser</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AdjustPlaybackEnd</td><td>"Adjust end time for playback by passed number of seconds. Returns #f for bad parameter "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>False</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IsInSelection</td><td>"Returns #t if the cursor is in the selection area, else #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTupletNumbering</td><td>Control whether tuplet numbers will be printed over tuplets.</td><td>Tuplet Numbering (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomOut::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert24Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 2/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoGoForward</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>True</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTupletNumbering::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDuration2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert34Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 3/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaccatoSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Adds the staccato dot or removes it</td><td>Staccato (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>Repeat</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert44Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 4/4 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPause</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaccatoSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Hide::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AdjustPlaybackStart</td><td>"Adjust start time for playback by passed number of seconds. Returns #f for bad parameter "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IsSlurEnd</td><td>"Returns #t if there is a chord with slur ending at cursor, else #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert42Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 4/2 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPlay</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger1</td><td>Inserts fingering for finger 1</td><td>Finger 1</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatUntilFail</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur0</td><td>Inserts a 𝅝 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅝</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert32Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 3/2 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger1::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatProcWhileTest</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PortatoSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert22Time</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert 2/2 Time</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultDenemoPlay</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetPlaybackInterval</td><td>"Set start and/or end time for playback to the passed numbers/strings in seconds. Use #t if a value is not to be changed. Returns #f for bad parameters "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IsSlurStart</td><td>"Returns #t if there is a chord with slur starting at cursor, else #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Import-MusicXml</td><td>Try to Import a MusicXml file</td><td>Import MusicXml</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</td></tr><tr><td>PortatoSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Marks/Unmaks the selection with the Portato</td><td>Portato (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialSopranoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Soprano Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Playback::Loop</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>WholeMeasureRest</td><td>Inserts a whole measure rest at the cursor</td><td>Whole Measure Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>SelectMeasure</td><td>Create a selection for the entire current measure</td><td>Select Measure</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>Import-MusicXml::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialTenorClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Tenor Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoStop</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>WholeMeasureRest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPlayCursorToEnd</td><td>Playback all staffs from the current cursor position to the end of the movement.</td><td>Play from Cursor to End</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAltoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Alto Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidiOffTime</td><td>"Return a number, the midi time in seconds for the end of the object at the cursor; return #f if none "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black</td><td>Harmonic-black note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Harmonic-black</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>IsTied</td><td>"Returns #t if there is a tied note/chord at cursor, else #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPlayCursorToEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialg8clef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set G8 Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoRewind</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBassClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Bass Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic-black::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPrevious</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreIndent</td><td>Indent the first system of every movement by the given amount.</td><td>Indent</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialTrebleClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Treble Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidiOnTime</td><td>"Return a number, the midi time in seconds for the start of the object at the cursor; return #f if none "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IsGrace</td><td>"Returns #t if there is a grace note/chord at cursor, else #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreIndent::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSopranoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Soprano Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoGoBack</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddDotSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Adds an Augmentation Dot to current note/chord/rest.</td><td>Add Dot</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeGeneric</td><td>Generic 0xB Control Change - User can give the midi bytes, too. </td><td>Generic Control Change</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTenorClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Tenor Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddDotSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetThumbnail</td><td>Sets the thumbnail to the section made in the first movement.</td><td>Set Thumbnail from Selection</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeGeneric::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Appending?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomIn</td><td>Zoom In</td><td>Zoom In</td><td>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAltoClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Alto Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoFirst</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextMidiNotes</td><td>"Takes an interval, returns a pair, a list of the next note-on events that occur within that interval and the time of these events."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Section</td><td>Prints a subtitle for the current movement</td><td>Sub-Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>SetNonprinting</td><td>"Sets the Non Printing attribute of a chord (or note/rest) at the cursor. For a rest this makes a non printing rest, for a note it makes it ia pure rhythm (which will not print, but can be assigned pitch, e.g. via a MIDI keyboard. Pass in #f to unset the attribute"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UnderfullMeasure?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-header-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the header directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetThumbnail::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomIn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insertg8clef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New G8 Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger0</td><td>Inserts fingering for open string</td><td>Finger 0</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings/Fingerings</td></tr><tr><td>StoppedSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBassClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Bass Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Finger0::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetTuningAllStaffs</td><td>At this time during playback switch to the temperament set when this command was invoked.</td><td>Set Tuning Across All Staffs</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Tuning</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor6</td><td>Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Minor 6th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>StoppedSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark the selected notes stopped</td><td>Stopped (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTrebleClef</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>New Treble Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetTuningAllStaffs::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Augment</td><td>Augments the current Note/Chord/Rest. Quarter Note becomes Half Note.</td><td>Augment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpPerfect4</td><td>Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Perfect 4th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor6::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNonprinting</td><td>"Returns #t if there is an object at the cursor which has any printing behavior it may have overridden"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-scoreheader</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a scoreheader directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RewindMidi</td><td>"Rewind the MIDI generated for the current movement. Given a time in seconds it tries to rewind to there."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TallerStaffs</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Taller Staffs</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Augment::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpPerfect4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>None?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ForceBarline</td><td>Insert barline at cursor, Denemo's measure count is unaffected.</td><td>Insert Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShorterStaffs</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Shorter Staffs</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff</td><td>The current voice will be typeset on its own staff.</td><td>Voice to Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>ProbePosition</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur0::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ForceBarline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>WidenMeasures</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Widen Measures</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Section::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetCurrentVoiceAsStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HighlightCursor</td><td>"Turn highlighting of cursor off/on"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-scoreheader</td><td>"Activates a scoreheader directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetTemperament</td><td>"Return name of current temperament"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShrinkMeasures</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Shrink Measure</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::NoteTable</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BeamingOff</td><td>(Print)Stop automatic beaming from current position in score.</td><td>Stop Beaming</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>Indent</td><td>Alter the indent of the opening system for the current movement.</td><td>Indent</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteMeasureAllStaffs</td><td>Delete the current measure in all staffs</td><td>Delete Measure All Staffs</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BeamingOff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Indent::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndPhrasingSlur</td><td>End a phrasing slur on the current note.</td><td>End Phrasing Slur</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteMeasure</td><td>Delete the current measure in this staff, leaving the staff short</td><td>Staff Delete Measure</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Major7Minor7OrDominant7</td><td>Determine which seventh chord is sounded</td><td>Major7Minor7Dominant7</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Chord-Comparison</td></tr><tr><td>RefreshDynamicDirectives</td><td>Re-runs any directives that may have become stale.</td><td>Refresh Dynamic Directives</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>AdjustXes</td><td>"Adjusts the horizontal (x-) positioning of notes etc after paste"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndPhrasingSlur::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetSharpest</td><td>"Return name of sharpest degree of current temperament"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AppendMeasure</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Staff Append Measure</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Major7Minor7OrDominant7::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-scoreheader</td><td>"Deletes a scoreheader directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertStandaloneDirective</td><td>Insert or edit a directive in the LilyPond music typesetting language. This can be used for extra spacing, transposing or almost anything. See LilyPond documentation for ideas.</td><td>Insert Lilypond</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMeasureAfter</td><td>Insert a blank measure in current staff after the current measure</td><td>Staff Insert Measure After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertStandaloneDirective::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm</td><td>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting.</td><td>Insert Reversed String as Reversed Binary Rhythm</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMeasureBefore</td><td>Insert a blank measure before the current one (in current staff)</td><td>Staff Insert Measure Before</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Presto</td><td>Print Presto in bold italics above the chord.</td><td>Presto</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoiceToStaff</td><td>"Makes the current voice a independent staff"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleArpeggio::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetFlattest</td><td>"Return name of flattest degree of current temperament"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddMeasure</td><td>Insert a blank measure after the current one (in all staffs)</td><td>Insert Measure After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Presto::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleArpeggio</td><td>Mark/Unmark chord with an arpeggio</td><td>Arpeggio (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>NoteColumnShift</td><td>On printing the current note/chord will be shifted from notes in other voices by the amount you give. Use with Voice Presets to ensure this chord is in a different voice.</td><td>Force Note Shift</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMeasure</td><td>Insert a blank measure before the current one (in all staffs)</td><td>Insert Measure Before</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Diminish</td><td>Diminishs the note/chord/rest. Quarter Note becomes Eight Note. </td><td>Diminish</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleAccent</td><td>Mark/Unmark the current chord accented</td><td>Accent (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>DeletePreviousObject</td><td>Delete to the left of the cursor.</td><td>Delete Previous Object</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Diminish::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaffToVoice</td><td>"Makes the current staff a voice belonging to the staff above"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SplitMeasure</td><td>Split the current measure into two at the cursor.</td><td>Split Measure at Cursor</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidiTuning</td><td>"Return a string of tuning bytes (offsets from 64) for MIDI tuning message"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteObject</td><td>Delete the object at the cursor</td><td>Delete Object</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PlayNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleAccent::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Import-Midi</td><td>Try to Imports a Midi File</td><td>Import Midi</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</td></tr><tr><td>SplitMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTie</td><td>Ties/unties the note at the cursor</td><td>Toggle Tie</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeVolume</td><td>Change the Volume of a channel/staff</td><td>Volume</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPaste</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTiedNote</td><td>Inserts a duplicate of the current note, tied</td><td>Tied note</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateButton</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeVolume::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor3</td><td>Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Minor 3rd above base </td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>GetMeasuresInStaff</td><td>"Gives the number of measures in the current staff"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FirstChordInSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreCopyright</td><td>Copyright notice, centered at the bottom of the first page. To insert the copyright symbol, see Lilypond Text encoding.</td><td>Copyright</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>SetPitchBendActions</td><td>Takes two keyboard shortcuts and sets the commands as the actions for Pitch Bend controller wheel up/down</td><td>Set Pitch Bend Controller</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>SetEnharmonicPosition</td><td>"Takes a integer sets the enharmonic range to use 0 = E-flat to G-sharp "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RemoveDot</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Remove Dot</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RefreshDynamicDirectives::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextChordInSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreCopyright::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetPitchBendActions::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddDot</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Add Dot</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished</td><td>Determine if the chord sounded is Major Minor Augmented or Diminished</td><td>MajorMinorAugmentedDiminished</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Chord-Comparison</td></tr><tr><td>StemDown</td><td>Alters a StemNeutral object to stem down.</td><td>StemDown</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MajorMinorAugmentedOrDiminished::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetTuningStaff</td><td>At this time in playback the current staff's tuning will switch to the temperament selected when this command is invoked.</td><td>Set Tuning for Current Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Tuning</td></tr><tr><td>NoteColumnShift::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic</td><td>Harmonic note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Harmonic</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetStaffsInClipboard</td><td>"Gives the number of staffs in the Denemo Music Clipboard"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MasterVolume</td><td>"Takes a double or string and scales the volume; returns the volume set "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StemUp</td><td>Alters a StemNeutral object to stem up.</td><td>StemUp</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetTuningStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PendingFlatten</td><td>Increases the flatness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state.</td><td>Flatten Next Note</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Andante</td><td>Print Andante in bold italics above the chord.</td><td>Andante</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsHarmonic::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Import-Midi::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PendingSharpen</td><td>Increases the sharpness of the next entered note. The status bar shows the current state.</td><td>Sharpen Next Note</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Andante::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClearClipboard</td><td>"Clears the Denemo Music Clipboard"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ArpeggioSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark the selected notes arpeggio</td><td>Arpeggio (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>MovementTempo</td><td>"Takes an integer or string number of beats (quarter notes) per minute as the tempo for the current movement; returns the tempo set "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Flatten</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Flatten</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SearchBookmark</td><td>Searches for a named Bookmark in the current staff.</td><td>Search Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>SingleAndTaggedSelectionSwitcher</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Sharpen</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Sharpen</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SearchBookmark::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm</td><td>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The rhythm for each letter gets reversed before inserting.</td><td>Insert String as Reversed Binary Rhythm</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</td></tr><tr><td>ApplyToTaggedSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RemoveNoteFromChord</td><td>Remove a note from the current chord</td><td>Remove note</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetScoreHeaderField</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReBar</td><td>Removes gaps in duration of measures, redistributes the notes according to the time signature.</td><td>Adjust the Measure Lengths</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PutClipObj</td><td>"Takes a staff number m and a object number n. Inserts the (m, n)th Denemo Object from Denemo Clipboard into the staff at the cursor position"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FindNextObjectAllStaffs</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MasterTempo</td><td>"Takes a double or string and scales the tempo; returns the tempo set. With no parameter returns the current master tempo "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteToChord</td><td>Add a note to the current chord
The cursor position determines which note to add</td><td>Add note</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsReversedBinaryRhythm::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetCurrentStaffAsVoice</td><td>The current staff will be typeset as a voice on the staff above.</td><td>Staff to Voice</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>NextTaggedObjectAllStaffs</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSeptuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Septuplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetCurrentStaffAsVoice::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementPiece</td><td>Prints the name given above and to the left at the start of the movement.</td><td>Piece</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSextuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Sextuplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetClipObjects</td><td>"Takes a staff number m, Returns the number of objects in the mth staff on the Denemo Clipboard or #f if none."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tag?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementPiece::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Zoom</td><td>"Takes a double or string and scales the display; return #f for invalid value else the value set. With no parameter returns the current value. "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertQuintuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Quintuplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MajorOrAugmented</td><td>Determine if chord sounded is Major or Augmented</td><td>MajorAugmented</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Chord-Comparison</td></tr><tr><td>InsertQuadtuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Quadtuplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeProgram</td><td>Change the Program of the current channel/staff</td><td>Program</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>MajorOrAugmented::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Untag</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndTuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>End Tuplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-clef-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Ottava</td><td>Inserts an 8va mark (transposing the notes accordingly) or terminates one already started.</td><td>Ottava</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>GetClipObjType</td><td>"Takes a staff number m and a object number n. Returns the type of object at the (m, n)th position on the Denemo Clipboard or #f if none."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LoadCommandset</td><td>"Takes a file name for xml format commandset, loads commands, returns #f if it fails"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartTriplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Start Triplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Allegro</td><td>Print Allegro in bold italics above the chord.</td><td>Allegro</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FreeFermata</td><td>Adds a standalone fermata which has no playback effect. Can be used to place a Fermata on a barline.</td><td>(Print) Standalone Fermata (for Barlines)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeProgram::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Ottava::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tag</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeEnharmonicDown</td><td>Switch through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of lower diatonic base notes</td><td>Change Enharmonic -</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>SharpenKeysig::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTriplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Triplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Allegro::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SharpenKeysig</td><td>Sharpens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at cursor, sharpens the initial key signature.</td><td>♯</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Key</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDuplet</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Duplet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetBarNumber</td><td>Enter a number to change the lilypond bar number. The printout will continue to count up from there.</td><td>(Print) Set Bar Number</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>FreeFermata::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookmarkNonPrinting</td><td>Adds a custom Denemo bookmark without Lilypond output.</td><td>Add Non-Printing Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClearKeybindings</td><td>"Clears all keybindings returns #t"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleBlankMode</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Toggle Blank Mode</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetBackground</td><td>"Set passed 24 bit number as RGB color of background."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookmarkNonPrinting::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor3</td><td>Add a major third as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Major 3rd above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>SetBarNumber::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleRestMode</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Toggle Rest Mode</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MergeWithNextMeasure</td><td>Joins two measures together.</td><td>Merge with Next Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankTwoHundredFiftySixthNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝅃 rest</td><td>InsertBlankTwoHundredFiftySixthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MergeWithNextMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Chapter</td><td>Prints a heading in upper case for the current movement.</td><td>Heading</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>SaveKeybindings</td><td>"Takes a file name, saves keybindings from actions/menus returns #f if it fails"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankOneHundredTwentyEighthNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝅂 rest</td><td>InsertBlankOneHundredTwentyEighthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetTuplet</td><td>"Set passed string as numerator/denominator for a tuplet open at cursor"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur</td><td>Begin a phrasing slur on the current note. You can have normal slurs (partially) inside a phrasing slur.</td><td>Begin Phrasing Slur</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>MovementSubtitle</td><td>Prints the given name below the title of the current movement.</td><td>Subtitle</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankSixtyfourthNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝅁 rest</td><td>InsertBlankSixtyfourthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleBeginPhrasingSlur::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementSubtitle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankThirtysecondNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝅀 rest</td><td>InsertBlankThirtysecondNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiminishedOrMinor</td><td>Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Minor</td><td>DiminishedMinor</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Chord-Comparison</td></tr><tr><td>LoadKeybindings</td><td>"Takes a file name, loads keybindings from actions/menus returns #f if it fails"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankSixteenthNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝄿 rest</td><td>InsertBlankSixteenthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetTuplet</td><td>"Returns a string numerator/denominator for a tuplet open object or #f if cursor not on a tuplet open"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiminishedOrMinor::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeEnharmonicDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankEighthNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝄾 rest</td><td>InsertBlankEighthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Chapter::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>D.C.AlFine</td><td>Puts a da capo in the score. Position is adjusted via the numbers in the script.</td><td>D.C. al fine</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Import-Lilypond</td><td>Try to Import a Lilypond File</td><td>Import Lilypond</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/Import</td></tr><tr><td>FlattenKeysig::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetHelp</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns the tooltip or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>D.C.AlFine::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm</td><td>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding. The string gets reversed before converting.</td><td>Insert Reversed String as Binary Rhythm</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</td></tr><tr><td>GetType</td><td>"Returns the name of the type of object at the cursor"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MapToSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Import-Lilypond::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertReversedStringAsBinaryRhythm::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-clef-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the clef directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rests</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookmarkNamed</td><td>Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a custom Lilypond Rehearsal Mark</td><td>Add Named Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MarkStatus</td><td>"Returns #f if mark is not set"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookmarkNamed::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LocateDotDenemo</td><td>"Returns the directory holding the user's preferences"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoOp</td><td>Does absolutely nothing. Use to "blank" a shortcut.</td><td>Null Operation</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsPetrucci</td><td>Petrucci note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Petrucci</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>NoOp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor6</td><td>Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Major 6th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetSaved</td><td>"Gets the saved status of the current musical score"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeChannel</td><td>Change the Channel of a staff</td><td>Channel</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>ActivateMenuItem</td><td>"Takes a string, a menu path (from below menus). It executes the command for that menu item. Returns #f for no menu item."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementTitle</td><td>Prints the name given as a title above the current movement.</td><td>Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>ForEachToSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeChannel::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor2</td><td>Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Minor 2nd above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>MovementTitle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TabStaff</td><td>Converts to tablature notation (print only)</td><td>Tablature</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest</td><td>%tests your ability to read the notes of the bass clef staff</td><td>Bass Clef Note Name Speed Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsPetrucci::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TabStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BassClefNoteNameSpeedTest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetSaved</td><td>"Sets the status of the current musical score to saved, or unsaved if passed #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteBeamingDirective</td><td>Deletes a ] or [ (end or start beam) directive on the current chord.</td><td>Delete Beaming Directive</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>LoadCommand</td><td>" pass in a path (from below menus) to a command script. Loads the command from .denemo or system if it can be found. It is used at startup in .denemo files like ReadingNoteNames.denemo which executes (d-LoadCommand "MainMenu/Educational/ReadingNoteNames") to ensure that the command it needs is in the command set."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NeoMensuralNotehead</td><td>Prints note with neomensural style notehead.</td><td>Neo-mensural</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/NoteheadControl</td></tr><tr><td>SetHeaderField</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GraceAfter</td><td>Print the grace note(s) at the cursor attached to the previous note. Beware! You must reissue this command if you change the notes in any way, only the pitch and duration when this command was issued will be printed.</td><td>Grace After</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeOctaveUp</td><td>Instructs the LilyPond Engraver to transpose this score one octave up.</td><td>(Print) Transpose Octave Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>PitchShift</td><td>Outputs a pitch bend signal to the synthesizer for the value +/- 64 given.</td><td>Shift Pitch</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>GraceAfter::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteBeamingDirective::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeOctaveUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor6::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RefreshDisplay</td><td>"Re-draws the Denemo display, which can have side effects on the data"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PitchShift::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitializeScript</td><td>"Takes a command name. called by a script if it requires initialization the initialization script is expected to be in init.scm in the menupath of the command passed in."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NeoMensuralNotehead::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RehearsalMark</td><td>Adds a Denemo bookmark combined with a default Rehearsal Mark</td><td>Add Rehearsal/Bookmark</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RehearsalMark::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftOn</td><td>Turns on horizontal displacements of notes where needed.</td><td>Use Horizontal Shifts</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>FinishCadenza</td><td>Returns to normal barlines etc after a cadenza</td><td>End Cadenza</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteAsMidi</td><td>"Returns the MIDI key number for the note at the cursor, or 0 if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftOn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetRelativeFontSize</td><td>"Deprecated - gets an integer from the user via a dialog"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SingleAndSelectionSwitcher</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FinishCadenza::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeValue</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm</td><td>Give a string to generate a rhythm out of its ascii chars in binary encoding</td><td>Insert String as Binary Rhythm</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/GenerateRhythmFromString</td></tr><tr><td>PrintPartWithTitlePage</td><td>Prints part with part name on title page</td><td>Print Part with Title Page</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintPartWithTitlePage::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertStringAsBinaryRhythm::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextSelectedObjectAllStaffs</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreTagline</td><td> Centered at the bottom of the last page.</td><td>Tagline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</td></tr><tr><td>PasteReplaceSelection</td><td>Paste the clipboard. Replace any selected objects. This paste-version also creates new barlines instead of strictly using the copied ones.</td><td>Paste and Replace Selection</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetCursorNoteAsMidi</td><td>"Gets the MIDI key number for the note-position where the cursor is"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetPadding</td><td>"Returns the padding that has been set by dragging in the Print view window"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreTagline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PasteReplaceSelection::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoteNameSpeedTest</td><td>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</td><td>Note Name Speed Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoteNameSpeedTest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleHarmonic</td><td>Mark/Unmark chord with a harmonic</td><td>Harmonic (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToSelectionBeginningInThisStaff</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleHarmonic::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetOffset</td><td>"Returns the offset that has been set by dragging in the Print view window"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-scoreheader-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SpellCheckMidiChord</td><td>"returns #t if the passed list of MIDI keys fails the pitch spellcheck"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CloseLilyBlock</td><td>Closes a LilyPond Block (there must be a matching open, {, earlier)</td><td>(Print) Close } a LilyPond Block</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Print Transpositions</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomDialog</td><td>Scales the display by value given by user.</td><td>Set Display Scale</td><td>/MainMenu/ViewMenu/Zoom</td></tr><tr><td>CloseLilyBlock::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-object-minpixels</td><td>"Writes the minpixels field (a string) of the object directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TinyStaff</td><td>Prints current staff in a tiny font.</td><td>Tiny Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevBookmark</td><td>Seach backward for bookmarks in the current staff.</td><td>Prev Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>GetTextSelection</td><td>"Returns the text on the clipboard"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BassFigure</td><td>"Returns a string for the bass figure for the two MIDI keys passed in"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevBookmark::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic</td><td>Insert a random note within clef range, only diatonic notes according to current keysignature.</td><td>Diatonic within Clef Range</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote</td></tr><tr><td>CadenzaOn</td><td>Turns off barlines etc for cadenza</td><td>Start Cadenza</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-object-minpixels</td><td>"Gets the value of the minpixels field (a string) of the object directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ZoomDialog::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor2</td><td>Add a major second as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Major 2nd above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>CadenzaOn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-object</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetOption</td><td>"create a dialog with the options & return the one chosen, of #f if the user cancels"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TinyStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HasFigures</td><td>"Returns #f if the current staff has no figures (or will not print out figured bass. See d-ShowFiguredBass)"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScorePoet</td><td>Name of the poet, flush-left below the subsubtitle.</td><td>Poet</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>ScorePoet::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReadingNoteNamesSolfege</td><td>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</td><td>Solfege Note Name Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsMensural</td><td>Mensural note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Mensural</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>ScriptCallback</td><td>"Takes the the name of a scripted command. Runs the script stored for that command. Scripts which invoke other scripted commands use this (implicitly?) "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>KillTimer</td><td>"Takes a timer id and destroys the timer"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReadingNoteNamesSolfege::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-score</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a score directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsMensural::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Help::TimedNotice</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Help::Pop</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenOctaveUp</td><td>Opens a block to be transposed up one octave
This must be followed by a CloseBlock "}" to end the transposed section.</td><td>(Print) Open { Octave Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Print Transpositions</td></tr><tr><td>Help::Push</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideWindow</td><td>"Hides the Denemo gui or shows it if passed #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Timer</td><td>"Takes a duration and scheme script, starts a timer that tries to execute the script after every duration ms. It returns a timer id which must be passed back to destroy the timer"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenOctaveUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-scoreheader-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the scoreheader directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownPerfect5</td><td>Add a perfect fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Perfect 5th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-score</td><td>"Activates a score directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Help::ClearQueue</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectLeft</td><td>Create a selection, move cursor left.</td><td>Select Left</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownPerfect5::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextBookmark</td><td>Seach forward for bookmarks in the current staff.</td><td>Next Bookmark</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Bookmarks</td></tr><tr><td>Help::UpdateWriteStatus</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectLeft::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextBookmark::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Help::RemoveTag</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DestroyButtons</td><td>"Removes Score buttons"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SplitChord</td><td>Split a chord into a specific amount of smaller notes while preserving original duration, generating tuplets if necessary. Not for rests.</td><td>Split Note/Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>OneShotTimer</td><td>"Takes duration and executable scheme script. Executes the passed scheme code after the passed duration milliseconds"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-keysig</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a keysig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-score</td><td>"Deletes a score directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftOff</td><td>Turns off horizontal displacement of notes (which avoid collisions between parts)</td><td>No Horizontal Shifts</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>Q-remove!</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SplitChord::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Help::queue</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff</td><td>Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure in the current staff.</td><td>Capture and Insert One Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftOff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideButtons</td><td>"Hides Score buttons or shows them if passed #f"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreOpus</td><td>Name of the opus, flush-right below the arranger.</td><td>Opus</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>PlayMidiNote</td><td>"Takes midi key number, volume 0-255, duration in ms and channel 0-15 and plays the note on midi out."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-keysig</td><td>"Activates a keysig directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-voice</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a voice directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorToHighestNote</td><td>Moves the cursor to the highest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)</td><td>Cursor to Highest Note</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreOpus::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PlayMidiKey</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReadingNoteNames</td><td>%tests your ability to name the notes of the scale</td><td>Note Name Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>CursorToHighestNote::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OutputMidiBytes</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReadingNoteNames::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialVolumeToZero</td><td>Mutes playback on this staff by placing a volume=zero directive at the start.</td><td>Mute</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Playback</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpPerfect1</td><td>Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Perfect 1st above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>HideMenus</td><td>"Hides all the menus"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PutMidi</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCaptureMeasureForStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-keysig</td><td>"Deletes a keysig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialVolumeToZero::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-voice</td><td>"Activates a voice directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AngryDelete</td><td>MIDI notes struck loudly delete the previous note before taking effect.</td><td>Angry Delete</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>TitledPiece</td><td>Prints title for the current movement, which will get a page reference in a table of contents.</td><td>Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic</td><td>Insert a random note within clef range. Full chromatic spectrum.</td><td>Chromatic within Clef Range</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote</td></tr><tr><td>AngryDelete::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TitledPiece::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MidiRecord</td><td>"Starts playback and synchronously records from MIDI in. The recording will play back with future play until deleted. The recording is not saved with the score - convert to notation first,"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DisplaceRestHorizontally</td><td>Asks for a horizontal shift and moves the rest at the cursor by that much when printing.</td><td>Displace Rest Horizontally</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>SimplifyTies</td><td>Converts tied notes to longer notes and removes spurious ties.</td><td>Simplify Ties</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeStaffPrint</td><td>Prints this staff (only) transposed. This is in addtion to any score-wide transposition</td><td>(Print) Transpose</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpPerfect1::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-voice</td><td>"Deletes a voice directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeStaffPrint::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CommandList::PREVAILINGDURATION</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DisplaceRestHorizontally::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DuplicateChord</td><td>Duplicate a note or chord. Not for rests.</td><td>Duplicate Note/Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>CreatePartsFromTop</td><td>Creates a set of parts extracting the highest part first.</td><td>Create Parts (Treble First)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>MergeRests</td><td>(Print) Merges rests where two voices have a common rest. Not for whole measure or multi-measure rests.</td><td>Merge Rests</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CommandListScrollDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleConduct</td><td>"Switches to mouse conducting playback. Playback will not advance beyond the cursor position unless then mouse is moved in the drawing area."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DuplicateChord::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MergeRests::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-staff</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a staff directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SimplifyTies::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CommandListScrollUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreMeter</td><td>Meter string, flush-left below the poet.</td><td>Meter</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>SelectRight</td><td>Create a selection, move the cursor right.</td><td>Select Right</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>Slur5</td><td>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreMeter::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePlayAlong</td><td>"Switches to playalong playback. When playing or recording playback will not advance beyond the cursor position unless then mouse is moved or the next note is played in via MIDI in."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleMarcato</td><td>Mark/Unmark the current chord marcato</td><td>Marcato (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiatonicInterval</td><td>%tests your ability to find the diatonic interval name between two notes</td><td>Diatonic Interval Detection</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-staff</td><td>"Activates a staff directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookDate</td><td>Prints a date on the title page.</td><td>Date</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleMarcato::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CommandList:list-ref</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiatonicInterval::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePad</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetMidiCapture</td><td>"Takes one bool parameter - MIDI events will be captured/not captured depending on the value passed in, returns previous value."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MidiAdvanceOnEdit</td><td>Advances the cursor on MIDI note entry. Use in Edit mode.</td><td>MIDI Advance on Edit</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>SelectRight::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookDate::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-staff</td><td>"Deletes a staff directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MidiAdvanceOnEdit::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetPadding</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMidi</td><td>"Intercepts a MIDI event and returns it as a 4 byte number"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChordComment</td><td>Attach a textual comment to the chord at the cursor</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-chord</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a chord directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChordComment::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddDuplicateMeasure</td><td>Inserts a copy of the current measure after the present measure.</td><td>Insert Duplicate Measure After</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>CursorToLowestNote</td><td>Moves the cursor to the lowest note on current horizontal position (in a chord or on a single note)</td><td>Cursor to Lowest Note</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled</td><td>Inserts all notes, shuffled, from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax</td><td>Insert Shuffled Pool</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>ProbePreviousNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddDuplicateMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealDialogDown</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones down. User can specify interval through a dialog.</td><td>Arbitrary transpose down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>RewindRecordedMidi</td><td>"Rewinds the recorded MIDI track returns #f if no MIDI track recorded"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorToLowestNote::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProbeNextNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetLonga</td><td>Sets Longa as the prevailing duration, installing it as a musical snippet.</td><td>Longa</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealDialogDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreInstrument</td><td>Name of the instrument, centered below the subsubtitle. Also centered at the top of pages (other than the first page).</td><td>Instrument</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-chord</td><td>"Activates a chord directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrall::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsNeomensural</td><td>Neomensural note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Neomensural</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>SetLonga::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::generateHidden8thstaffs</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreInstrument::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrall</td><td>Adds/Removes a prall to the note</td><td>Prall (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsNeomensural::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProbePreviousObject</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRelativeFontSize</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::generateHidden5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CountSteps</td><td>%tests your ability to find the number of diatonic notes between two notes</td><td>Step Counting Exercise</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>GetRecordedMidiNote</td><td>"Returns the ticks of the next event on the recorded MIDI track -ve if it is a NOTEOFF or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur5::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertPoolShuffled::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetValue</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CountSteps::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProbeNextObject</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-chord</td><td>"Deletes a chord directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownDiminished5</td><td>Add a tritone/diminished fifth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Diminished 5th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>AM::simultaneousFromBaseMetricalFirst5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProbeNextMeasure</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckPitches</td><td>Compares note from MIDI with current note, if equal in pitch, advances to next note, else beeps.</td><td>Check Note Pitches</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCaptureMeasure</td><td>Capture the image of a single measure (as screenshot) inserting at the current measure.</td><td>Capture and Insert One Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore</td></tr><tr><td>SetRelativeFontSize</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownDiminished5::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProbePreviousMeasure</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteForMidiKey</td><td>"Returns the LilyPond representation of the passed MIDI key number, using the current enharmonic set."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckPitches::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::simultaneousFromBaseMetricalFirst8th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertCaptureMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-note</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a note directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintWithAmbitus</td><td>Prints the score printing the range (ambitus) of each part at the start of the staff</td><td>Print with Ambitus</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</td></tr><tr><td>StaffComment</td><td>Saves textual comments for this staff</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys</td><td>Change the number keys to select the prevailing duration in composer mode.</td><td>Change to 'Select Duration' Number Keys in Composer Mode</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintWithAmbitus::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::simultaneousFromBaseMetricalMain4th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Probe</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetRecordedMidiOnTick</td><td>"Returns the ticks of the next event on the recorded MIDI track -ve if it is a NOTEOFF or #f if none. Advances to the next note."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaffComment::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LoadSelectDurationComposerNumberkeys::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SmallFontEnd</td><td>Printing resumes normal size music.</td><td>End Small Size</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMeasureBeginning</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-note</td><td>"Activates a note directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SmallFontEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::hiddencrossed8th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevDirectiveOfTagInMeasure</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateParts</td><td>Create three parts from the current staff.</td><td>Create Parts</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeOffset</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextDirectiveOfTagInMeasure</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetKeyboardState</td><td>"Returns an integer value, a set of bitfields representing the keyboard state, e.g. GDK_SHIFT_MASK etc"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleUpprall::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreDedication</td><td>The dedicatee of the music, centered at the top of the first page.</td><td>Dedication</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>NextDirectiveOfTag</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-note</td><td>"Deletes a note directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleUpprall</td><td>Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament</td><td>Up Prall (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>AM::hiddencrossed5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreDedication::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateParts::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StepSkipOrSame</td><td>%tests your ability to determine if note is moving by a step or skip</td><td>Step, Skip, or Same?</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>PrevDirectiveOfTag</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DynamicsDialog</td><td>Choose dynamics and midi volume level.</td><td>Dynamics</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StepSkipOrSame::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToColumnEnd</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetPassword</td><td>"Asks the user for a password which is returned"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DynamicsDialog::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::anti8th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Upbeat</td><td>Convert the current measure to a partial measure so that it is complete with just the beats already inserted.</td><td>Anacrusis (Upbeat, Pickup)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>FindPrevObjectAllColumns</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-movementcontrol</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth movementcontrol directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Upbeat::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MidiFilterOff</td><td>Turn off any MIDI filter script currently active.</td><td>MIDI Filter Off</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>FindNextObjectAllColumns</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::anti5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MidiFilterOff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool</td><td>Inserts one note from a user-specified pool of notes in Lilypond syntax</td><td>Note from Pool</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick/SingleRandomNote</td></tr><tr><td>GetUserName</td><td>"Asks the user for a user name which is returned"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookPoet</td><td>Prints the poet or lyricist name on title page</td><td>Poet/Lyricist</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-InsertNoteFromPool::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-layout</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth layout directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PutTextClipboard</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MvntComment</td><td>Stores textual comments for this movement</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealDialogUp</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection an arbitrary number of tones up. User can specify interval through a dialog.</td><td>Arbitrary transpose up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>AM::hidden8th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest8</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥</td><td>Change a 𝅃 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MvntComment::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealDialogUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookPoet::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest8</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅥</td><td>Insert a 𝅃</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndVolta</td><td>Ends a volta, that is a n'th time bar</td><td>End 1st/2nd Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::hidden5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set8</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndVolta::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-paper</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth paper directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-movementcontrol</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a movementcontrol directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change8</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::IntervalGetSteps</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ExtraOffset</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrallPrall::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::crossed8th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert8</td><td>Insert a 𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreComposer</td><td>Name of the composer, flush-right below the subsubtitle.</td><td>Composer</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::PillarOfFifth</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsBaroque</td><td>Baroque note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Baroque</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePrallPrall</td><td>Adds/Removes a PrallPrall to the note</td><td>PrallPrall (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>8</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅥
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅥 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreComposer::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UpDownOrSame</td><td>%tests your note tracking ability</td><td>Trace Note Direction</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-header</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth header directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::PillarOfFifthIndex</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsBaroque::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::crossed5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest7</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td>Change a 𝅂 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-movementcontrol</td><td>"Activates a movementcontrol directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UpDownOrSame::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftNext</td><td>Asks for horizontal and vertical offsets and inserts a directive to displace the object at the cursor on printing.</td><td>(Print) Shift Object</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest7</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td>Insert a 𝅂</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::NoteTableR</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Congruentia</td><td>Print congruentia / canon symbol</td><td>Congruentia</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</td></tr><tr><td>Set7</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅲</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::consecutive8th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FiguredBassFilterOn</td><td>Start filtering MIDI events, First note is bass, hold this down while entering notes for figures. Pedal changes harmony on same bass.</td><td>Figured Bass Filter On</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownAugmented4</td><td>Add a augmented fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Augmented 4th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-scoreheader</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth scoreheader directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Congruentia::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change7</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅲</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-movementcontrol</td><td>"Deletes a movementcontrol directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FiguredBassFilterOn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownAugmented4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert7</td><td>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅲</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::consecutive5th</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreComment</td><td>Stores any textual commentary you may have for this score.</td><td>Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>7</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅲
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅲</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::displayLilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-keysig</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth keysig directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>Reset Keys in Composer Mode</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreComment::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest6</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td>Change a 𝅁 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::display</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftNext::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenSecondTimeBar</td><td>(Print) start a second time bar, must be followed by EndVolta</td><td>Start a Second Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UnGraceAfter</td><td>Make the grace note at the cursor closer to the following rather than preceding note.</td><td>Un-Grace After</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</td></tr><tr><td>LoadDefaultComposerNumberkeys::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FootPedalConductor</td><td>Press the foot pedal at the start of each measure. The bar number is displayed and the beats are interpolated following the timesignature set. Two quick presses of the foot pedal stops the conductor.</td><td>Foot Pedal Conductor</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest6</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td>Insert a 𝅁</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenSecondTimeBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tempo</td><td>Insert tempi and/or metronome marks, printed or not</td><td>Tempo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>Set6</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅱</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UnGraceAfter::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-stemdirective</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth stemdirective directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tempo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleReverseTurn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_progressbardecorations</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JoinChords</td><td>Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a new, longer note instead. May create tied notes. Uses the cursor position as pitch.</td><td>Join music objects</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>Change6</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅱</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::GenerateStaffList</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreArranger</td><td>Name of the arranger, flush-right below the composer.</td><td>Arranger</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreProlog</td><td>Inserts LilyPond syntax for include files etc at head of score.</td><td>LilyPond Score Prolog</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckTiesInStaff</td><td>Checks for wrongly tied notes in the current voice/staff.</td><td>Check Ties</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleReverseTurn</td><td>Add/Removes a Reverse Turn to the note</td><td>Reverse Turn (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>Insert6</td><td>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅱</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::TestSimultaneousIntervalFromBaseMetricalFirst</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreArranger::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreProlog::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JoinChords::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LineOrSpace</td><td>%tests your ability to recognize the difference between line and space</td><td>Line and Space Recognition</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToColumnStart</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckTiesInStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusObj::GetInterval</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>6</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅱
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅱</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CriticalCommentaryIntro</td><td>A button is created for putting a title and introductory text for a critical commentary at the end of the score.</td><td>Title and Introduction</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles/Epilog</td></tr><tr><td>LineOrSpace::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow</td><td>Generates twelve notes of the prevailing duration, each is unique so the whole chromatic range gets inserted in a random manner. </td><td>Twelve Tone Row</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-tuplet</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth tuplet directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ColumnEmpty?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FootPedalConductor::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest5</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td>Change a 𝅀 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::MetricalMain?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-TwelveToneRow::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureBeginning?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusObj::minPitch</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest5</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td>Insert a 𝅀</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FiguredBassExercises</td><td>Allows you to play in chords to Handel's continuo practice material</td><td>Handel's Figured Bass Exercises</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTiedNoteDuration</td><td>Attaches a tied note: you must give the duration after invoking this function.</td><td>Attach Tied Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/TiedNotes</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleDownBow</td><td>Mark/Unmark chord with a Down Bow</td><td>DownBow (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureEnd?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set5</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅰</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetUniquePairsFilterLowest</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTiedNoteDuration::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-keysig-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleDownBow::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-timesig</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth timesig directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePresetAutomatic</td><td>Automatic voice preset. Resets to normal behaviour.</td><td>Voice Preset Automatic</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>Change5</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅰</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FiguredBassExercises::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor one object left, altering the selection if any</td><td>Cursor Left</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DrumGM2Custom</td><td>Convert General Midi drum-staffs to user-notation drum-staffs. Please edit the script to enter your own values.</td><td>Drum GM2 Custom</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>Insert5</td><td>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅰</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveCursorLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor one object left, without altering the selection</td><td>Move Cursor Left</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DrumGM2Custom::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TaglineLink</td><td>Creates a tagline with a link in PDF output.</td><td>Tagline with Link</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles</td></tr><tr><td>VoicesDoublestroke</td><td>Choose a preset for four voices or automatic voice.</td><td>Voice Preset</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>5</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅰
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅰 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅰</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::TestSimultaneousIntervalFromBaseMetricalMain</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorDown</td><td>Moves the cursor one scale step down</td><td>Cursor Down</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenFirstTimeBar</td><td>(Print) start a first time bar, must be followed by EndVolta.</td><td>Start a First Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-clef</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth clef directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StemDirective?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TaglineLink::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest4</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td>Change a 𝄿 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorUp</td><td>Moves the cursor one scale step up</td><td>Cursor Up</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicesDoublestroke::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenFirstTimeBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest4</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td>Insert a 𝄿</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorRight</td><td>Moves the cursor one object right, altering the selection if any</td><td>Cursor Right</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CriticalCommentaryIntro::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoBeam::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set4</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅯</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreTitle</td><td>Prints the name given as a title centered at the start of the score.</td><td>Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Simple Titles</td></tr><tr><td>MoveCursorRight</td><td>Moves the cursor one object right, without altering the selection</td><td>Move Cursor Right</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-score</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth score directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TupletClose?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoBeam</td><td>(Print) Removes beam from current note</td><td>No Beam</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>Change4</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅯</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreTitle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMark</td><td>Moves the cursor to the Mark without altering the selection</td><td>To Mark</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiminishedOrAugmented</td><td>Determine if the chord sounded is Diminished or Augmented</td><td>DiminishedAugmented</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Chord-Comparison</td></tr><tr><td>Insert4</td><td>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅯</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SwapPointAndMark</td><td>Swaps the active end of the selection</td><td>Swap Ends of Selection</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiminishedOrAugmented::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TupletOpen?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MidiTempo</td><td>Send a Midi command to change the tempo to a new bpm. No printout.</td><td>Set Tempo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>4</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅯
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅯</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetUniquePairs</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToSelectionStart</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the selection without altering the selection. returns #f if no selection</td><td>To Selection Start</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tupletclose?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePresetAutomatic::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest3</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td>Change a 𝄾 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-voice</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth voice directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PushPosition</td><td>Pushes the current cursor position onto a stack</td><td>Push Position</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartUpStems</td><td>Stems from now on point upward.</td><td>Stems Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</td></tr><tr><td>SetBreve</td><td>Sets Prevailing Duration to Breve</td><td>Breve</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/SelectDuration</td></tr><tr><td>Tupletopen?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeEnharmonicUp</td><td>Shift through enharmonic variants of the same sounding note in the direction of higher diatonic base notes.</td><td>Change Enharmonic +</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>MidiTempo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest3</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td>Insert a 𝄾</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PopPosition</td><td>Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, moving the cursor there</td><td>Pop Position</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartUpStems::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Tupletmarker?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set3</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅮</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PopPushPosition</td><td>Pops a position from the stack of cursor positions, pushes the current position, then moves the cursor to the popped position</td><td>Pop and Push Position</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-keysig-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the keysig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealOctaveDown</td><td>Shifts current notes/selection down one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition</td><td>Octave Down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>SetBreve::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Adagio</td><td>Attaches tempo marking to chord at cursor</td><td>Adagio</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>Change3</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅮</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-staff</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth staff directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleReduceToDrawingArea</td><td>Hides/Shows menus, panes etc. The ones shown are those checked in the view menu.</td><td>Hide/Show Menus</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LimitInterSystemSpace::set</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Clef?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Adagio::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealHalfDown</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone down</td><td>Half tone down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>Insert3</td><td>Insert a 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅮</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AM::TestConsecutiveIntervalProgression</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealOctaveDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaffUp</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff above, extending selection if any</td><td>Staff Up</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SmallFontStart</td><td>Music after this is printed in a small size.</td><td>Small Size</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealHalfDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>3</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥𝅮
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥𝅮</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaffDown</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff below, extending selection if any</td><td>Staff Down</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-stemdirective</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a stemdirective directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SmallFontStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Keysignature?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeEnharmonicUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsDefault</td><td>Default note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Default</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest2</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥</td><td>Change a 𝄽 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MapToAbstractionMovement</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-note</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth note directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToStaffUp</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff above without altering selection</td><td>Move to Staff Up</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsDefault::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePortato::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest2</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅘𝅥</td><td>Insert a 𝄽</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReminderAccidental</td><td>Shows the accidental in the print out inside (). Display shows accidental but plain.</td><td>Reminder Accidental</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToStaffDown</td><td>Moves the cursor to the staff below without altering selection</td><td>Move to Staff Down</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Timesignature?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpZero</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpZero</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Slur4</td><td>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅯 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>TogglePortato</td><td>Mark/Unmark the chord Portato</td><td>Portato (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set2</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅘𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReminderAccidental::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure, extending selection if any</td><td>Measure Left</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-stemdirective</td><td>"Activates a stemdirective directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MajorOrMinor</td><td>Determine if the chord played is major or minor</td><td>MajorMinor</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Chord-Comparison</td></tr><tr><td>ApplyTestsToAbstractionMovementPositions</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetNthTag-chord</td><td>"Takes a number n. Returns the tag of the nth chord directive if it exists else returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureRight</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measure, extending selection if any</td><td>Measure Right</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change2</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅘𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownPerfect4</td><td>Add a perfect fourth as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Perfect 4th below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>Directive?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShowLastChange</td><td>Shows the last change recorded on the Undo stack.</td><td>Show Last Change</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>MajorOrMinor::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMeasureLeft</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the next measure leaving selection, if any, unchanged</td><td>Move to Measure Left</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert2</td><td>Insert a 𝅘𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownPerfect4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpZero::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReduceSystemSpacing</td><td>Reduces the gap between the systems of staffs on a page.</td><td>Reduce Space Between Systems</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMeasureRight</td><td>Moves the cursor to the first object in the previous measureleaving selection, if any, unchanged</td><td>Move to Measure Right</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartDownStems</td><td>Stems from now on point downward.</td><td>Stems Down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/StemControl</td></tr><tr><td>2</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅘𝅥
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅘𝅥 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅘𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-stemdirective</td><td>"Deletes a stemdirective directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Singlenote?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreatePartsFromTop::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PasteAbstractionMovement</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-movementcontrol</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a movementcontrol directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>A</td><td>Append/Edit A</td><td>A</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartDownStems::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMovementEnd</td><td>Move the cursor to last measure, last staff without altering the selection.</td><td>Move To Movement End</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest1</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥</td><td>Change a 𝄼 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RadioBoxMenu</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DownbowSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>B</td><td>Append/Edit B</td><td>B</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMovementEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest1</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅗𝅥</td><td>Insert a 𝄼</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Chord?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShowLastChange::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Largo</td><td>Attaches Largo to chord</td><td>Largo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>DownbowSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark selection or current object</td><td>DownBow (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>C</td><td>Append/Edit C</td><td>C</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set1</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅗𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅗𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReduceSystemSpacing::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-layout</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a layout directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Largo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>D</td><td>Append/Edit D</td><td>D</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change1</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅗𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅗𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckForIncompleteMeasures</td><td>Checks each measure for complete number of beats, ignoring Anacrusis and ShortMeasure ones. Stops at anything bad.</td><td>Check for Irregular Measures</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.metricalp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>E</td><td>Append/Edit E</td><td>E</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert1</td><td>Insert a 𝅗𝅥</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅗𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PointAndClick</td><td>When on, clicking on the pdf output executes a command to run an editor on the LilyPond at the relevant point. Not yet integrated in Denemo.</td><td>Point and Click (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>CheckForIncompleteMeasures::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.metricalp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>F</td><td>Append/Edit F</td><td>F</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>1</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅗𝅥
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅗𝅥 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅗𝅥</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending</td><td>Sort all notes in the selection, descending order.</td><td>Sort Selection (Descending)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.horizontal</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookComposer</td><td>Prints a composer name on title page</td><td>Composer</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>CautionaryAccidental</td><td>Forces the accidental on the note to be printed.</td><td>Cautionary Accidental</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-paper</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a paper directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BarNumbers</td><td>Turns bar numbering on/off in print out.</td><td>Bar Numbers (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Numbering</td></tr><tr><td>G</td><td>Append/Edit G</td><td>G</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeRest0</td><td>Changes a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝</td><td>Change a 𝄻 </td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Doublestroke</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.horizontal</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CautionaryAccidental::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BarNumbers::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OctaveUp</td><td>Octave Up</td><td>Octave Up</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealHalfUp</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one half tone up</td><td>Half tone up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRest0</td><td>Inserts a rest at cursor position
Sets prevailing rhythm to 𝅝</td><td>Insert a 𝄻</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Longa</td><td>Append/Insert Longa duration</td><td>Longa</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.measure</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>F-Major</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>F Major</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>OctaveDown</td><td>Octave Down</td><td>Octave Down</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set0</td><td>Set the prevailing duration to 𝅝</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅝</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Longa::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealHalfUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.staff</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>F-Major::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-header</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a header directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckTupletsInMeasure</td><td>Checks that start/end tuplets match in the current measure.</td><td>Check Tuplets</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>WholeNote</td><td>Insert 𝅝</td><td>WholeNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change0</td><td>Change the current note to a 𝅝</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅝</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-SortSelectionDescending::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.movement</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookComposer::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealOctaveUp</td><td>Shifts current notes/selection up one octave while preserving accidental status. This means real transposition</td><td>Octave Up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>HalfNote</td><td>Insert 𝅗𝅥</td><td>HalfNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveNoteToCursor</td><td>Moves the nearest note to join the cursor</td><td>To Cursor</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>Insert0</td><td>Insert a 𝅝</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅝</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.movement</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealOctaveUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>QuarterNote</td><td>Insert 𝅘𝅥</td><td>QuarterNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveNoteToCursor::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>0</td><td>When appending, appends a 𝅝
With the cursor on a note inserts a 𝅝 before the current note
The note will be pitchless (displays yellow, non-printing, percussion-sounding) if MIDI-in is active
- the MIDI keyboard will provide the pitch</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅝</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PointAndClick::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-scoreheader</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a scoreheader directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HarmonicSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EighthNote</td><td>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td>EighthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToG</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note G</td><td>Move to G</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NonPrintingStaff</td><td>Hides the staff in LilyPond print out.</td><td>Non-Printing Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>HarmonicSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark current selection of object with a harmonic</td><td>Harmonic (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>SixteenthNote</td><td>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅯</td><td>SixteenthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToG</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note G
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to G</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NonPrintingStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ThirtysecondNote</td><td>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅰</td><td>ThirtysecondNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddG</td><td>Adds note G to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add G</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenMyDefaultTemplate</td><td>Opens the template Default.denemo in the user's custom template folder.</td><td>Open Default Template</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/OpenMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-keysig</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a keysig directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckTupletsInMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SixtyfourthNote</td><td>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td>SixtyfourthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteG</td><td>Inserts note G after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert G After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenMyDefaultTemplate::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintTwoReduced</td><td>Prints the top two staffs on a single staff as cue.</td><td>Print Two Parts as Cue for Accompanist</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SelectColumn</td><td>Selects the whole column</td><td>Select Column</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>OneHundredTwentyEighthNote</td><td>Insert 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td>OneHundredTwentyEighthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertG</td><td>Inserts note G before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert G</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteStaffGroupings</td><td>Clear the staff from all groupings</td><td>Delete all staff contexts</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>TwoHundredFiftySixthNote</td><td>Insert 𝅥</td><td>TwoHundredFiftySixthNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectColumn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToF</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note F</td><td>Move to F</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Fortissimo</td><td>Places a ff sign on the chord at the cursor</td><td>Fortissimo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>AllowLineBreak</td><td>Permits the typesetter to break the line at this point.</td><td>Allow Line Break</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-stemdirective</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a stemdirective directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertWholeRest</td><td>Insert 𝄻 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝄻</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToF</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note F
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to F</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Fortissimo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AllowLineBreak::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintTwoReduced::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>C-Major</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>C Major</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteStaffGroupings::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertHalfRest</td><td>Insert 𝄼 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝄼</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddF</td><td>Adds note F to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add F</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>C-Major::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertQuarterRest</td><td>Insert 𝄽 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝄽</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteF</td><td>Inserts note F after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert F After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor3</td><td>Add a minor third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Minor 3rd below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-tuplet</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a tuplet directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEighthRest</td><td>Insert 𝄾 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝄾</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertF</td><td>Inserts note F before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert F</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Preview4Bars</td><td>Print preview of current bar and the next three.</td><td>Preview Four Measures</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleChordDirective</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartTuplet</td><td>Asks for ratio of tuplet and then puts in a start for that. Use EndTuplet command after entering tuplet notes. Note that the Denemo display will not automatically group the tuplet, but it will print with expected beaming etc.</td><td>Start Arbitrary Tuplet</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSixteenthRest</td><td>Insert 𝄿 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝄿</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>make-musobj</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToE</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note E</td><td>Move to E</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Preview4Bars::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FermataSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertThirtysecondRest</td><td>Insert 𝅀 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅀</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToE</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note E
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to E</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Breve</td><td>Append/Insert Breve</td><td>Breve</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-timesig</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a timesig directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-timesig</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-movementcontrol-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTripleting</td><td>Inserts a start triplet or end tuple alternately.</td><td>Toggle Triplet Entry (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Tuplets</td></tr><tr><td>FermataSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark current selection or object with a fermata</td><td>Fermata (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSixtyfourthRest</td><td>Insert 𝅁 rest</td><td><span font_desc="Denemo">𝅁</span></td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddE</td><td>Adds note E to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add E</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NormalBeamEndings</td><td>Ends beams in the expected places (print).</td><td>Use Normal Beam Endings</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTripleting::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankWholeNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝄻 rest</td><td>InsertBlankWholeNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteE</td><td>Inserts note E after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert E After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectionToEmptyMeasure</td><td>Creates a selection to the next empty measure in the current staff</td><td>Selection to Next Empty Measure</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>StagedDelete</td><td>Deletes the object at the cursor. For Chords it deletes the chord stage by stage.</td><td>Delete</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NormalBeamEndings::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartTuplet::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankHalfNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝄼 rest</td><td>InsertBlankHalfNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealWholeDown</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone down</td><td>Whole tone down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>InsertE</td><td>Inserts note E before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert E</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertNullObject</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StagedDelete::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectionToEmptyMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-clef</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a clef directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBlankQuarterNote</td><td>Insert a non-printing 𝄽 rest</td><td>InsertBlankQuarterNote</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealWholeDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToD</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note D</td><td>Move to D</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Breve::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpSeven</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpSeven</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>MoveRest</td><td>Turns the rest at the cursor into a polyphonic rest at the cursor height.</td><td>Displace Rest Vertically</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToD</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note D
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to D</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TmbalesStyle</td><td>Changes to a drum staff</td><td>Tmbales Style Staff</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>OpSeven::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddD</td><td>Adds note D to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add D</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AskForInterval</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TmbalesStyle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusicalSymbols-notes</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveRest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Db-Pentascale</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>Db Pentascale</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-score</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a score directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-timesig?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteD</td><td>Inserts note D after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert D After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SuggestNatural</td><td>Prints a natural over the note at the cursor</td><td>Suggest Natural</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>Db-Pentascale::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-keysig</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertD</td><td>Inserts note D before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert D</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending</td><td>Sort all notes in the selection, ascending order.</td><td>Sort Selection (Ascending)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>SuggestNatural::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToC</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note C</td><td>Move to C</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-SortSelectionAscending::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleSegno</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Segno (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>MeasureEmpty?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleUpBow</td><td>Mark/Unmark chord with an Up Bow</td><td>UpBow (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-voice</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a voice directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToC</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note C
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to C</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DocumentCommand</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleSegno::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Music?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleUpBow::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTrill::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TinyStaffAllMovements</td><td>Gets a staff number 1 ... n from user and makes that staff tiny in all movements.</td><td>Tiny Staff in All Movements</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>AddC</td><td>Adds note C to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add C</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IRC</td><td>Runs your browser on a page giving access to denemo's internet relay chat</td><td>Chat to Other Users</td><td>/MainMenu/HelpMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTrill</td><td>Adds/Removes a trill to the note</td><td>Trill (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>TinyStaffAllMovements::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteC</td><td>Inserts note C after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert C After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-staff</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a staff directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IRC::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertC</td><td>Inserts note C before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert C</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftProto</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReduceSlur</td><td>Shorten a slur that ends at the cursor.</td><td>Shorten Slur from End</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-keysig?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToB</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note B</td><td>Move to B</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ReduceSlur::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.start</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-clef</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToB</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note B
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to B</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetTypeAsLilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateMusObj</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-note</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a note directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddB</td><td>Adds note B to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add B</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SmallerStaff</td><td>The current staff will print in a smaller size. Use this for the solo part above a piano accompaniment</td><td>Smaller Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-layout</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a layout directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.measure</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideOssia</td><td>Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff</td><td>Hide Ossia</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteB</td><td>Inserts note B after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert B After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SmallerStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetContextAsLilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.staff</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Ab-Pentascale</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>Ab Pentascale</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>HideOssia::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertB</td><td>Inserts note B before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert B</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertLongaRest</td><td>Insert a rest with longa duration</td><td>Longa Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>Ab-Pentascale::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-chord</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a chord directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealWholeUp</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one whole tone up</td><td>Whole tone up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToA</td><td>Moves cursor to nearest note A</td><td>Move to A</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change-6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertLongaRest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-layout</td><td>"Activates a layout directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeToA</td><td>Changes note at cursor to nearest note A
Rhythm is unchanged</td><td>Change to A</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change-3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCoda</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Coda (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>BookCopyright</td><td>Prints a copyright notice on title page</td><td>Copyright</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed</td><td>Inserts two grace notes at the cursor beaming them together. Follow with a duration key.</td><td>Insert Two</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-clef?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddA</td><td>Adds note A to the chord at cursor
Cursor height determines which octave</td><td>Add A</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCoda::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTwoGraceNotesBeamed::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-standalone</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a standalone directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-voice</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTurn::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddNoteA</td><td>Inserts note A after note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert A After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Change3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-layout</td><td>"Deletes a layout directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.start</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToEmptyMeasure</td><td>Move cursor to the next point in the current staff where the music ends.</td><td>Go To Next Empty Measure</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTurn</td><td>Adds/Removes a turn to the note</td><td>Turn (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftRealWholeUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookCopyright::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertA</td><td>Inserts note A before note at cursor
Cursor determines which octave
Note is inserted in the prevailing rhythm</td><td>Insert A</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set-6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToEmptyMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteRhythm</td><td>Delete the selected music snippet/rhythm pattern</td><td>Delete Snippet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set-3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ExtendSlur</td><td>Extends the slur finishing at the cursor.</td><td>Extend Slur</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetForTag-object</td><td>"Takes a optional tag. Returns that tag if a object directive exists at the cursor, else returns the tag of the first such directive at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GrandStaffEnd</td><td>Stop GrandStaff multi-stave system.</td><td>GrandStaff End</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>CreateRhythm</td><td>Copy selection as music snippet or rhythm pattern for notes to follow as they are entered</td><td>Create Snippet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor3</td><td>Add a major third as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Major 3rd below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>ExtendSlur::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GrandStaffEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClearOverlay</td><td>Clear the list of pitches that overlay the notes</td><td>Clear Overlay</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Set3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintAccompanistsScore</td><td>Prints out the score with the topmost staff in tiny size and puts page breaks before each movement.</td><td>Print Accompanist's Score</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleRhythm</td><td>Toggle audible feedback on/off</td><td>Toggle Audible Feedback</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert-6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Glissando</td><td>Inserts a glissando</td><td>Glissando</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_autosave</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetDirectiveTagActionScript</td><td>"Sets an "action script" on the directive of the given tag"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-voice?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleRest</td><td>Toggle between note entry and rest entry</td><td>Toggle Rest Mode</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert-3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Glissando::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_maxhistory</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Upprall</td><td>Adds/Removes Up Prall ornament</td><td>Up Prall</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>Eb-Pentascale</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>Eb Pentascale</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-staff</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEdit</td><td>Toggle between current mode and edit mode</td><td>Toggle Edit Mode</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_saveparts</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Eb-Pentascale::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FixSlursInStaff</td><td>Removes incorrectly placed slur start/end markers on current voice/staff.</td><td>Fix Slurs</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Upprall::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FetchCommands</td><td>Refreshes the set of commands available from Denemo.org.
Use More Commands after this has finished</td><td>Update Commands from Internet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_createclones</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Insert3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideBarlines</td><td>Omits barlines when printing.</td><td>(Print) Hide Barlines</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>MyCommands</td><td>Allows choosing extra commands/menu items from your own collection of extras</td><td>My Commands</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetCommandFromUser</td><td>"Intercepts the next keyboard shortcut and returns the name of the command invoked, before invoking the command. Returns #f if the keypress(es) are not a shortcut for any command"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_lilyentrystyle</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintAccompanistsScore::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>-6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideBarlines::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoreCommands</td><td>Allows choosing standard extra commands/menu items</td><td>More Commands</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_immediateplayback</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStopped</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Stopped (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>-3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleMordent::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreBlockProlog</td><td>Inserts LilyPond at the start of every score block (movement).</td><td>LilyPond Score Block Prolog</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>About</td><td>Gives the version number etc of this program</td><td>About</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_pitchspellingchannel</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStopped::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>6411</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-stemdirective-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ParenthesizeNote</td><td>Enclose the note at the cursor in ( ) when printed.</td><td>Parenthesize Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleMordent</td><td>Adds/Removes a Mordent to the note</td><td>Mordent (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Ornaments</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreBlockProlog::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Help</td><td>Opens a browser on the user manual</td><td>Browse Manual</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetCommand</td><td>"Intercepts the next keypress and returns the name of the command invoked, before invoking the command. Returns #f if the keypress is not a shortcut for any command"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_pitchspellingprogram</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>3072</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-staff?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ParenthesizeNote::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PlaybackProperties</td><td>Allows you to specify properties used in playing back (midi)</td><td>Playback Properties</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_modal</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FinalizeTypesetting</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SlurTwo</td><td>Creates a slur from current note to next note.</td><td>Slur with Next Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-layout</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShowOssia</td><td>Place this at the end of the music to be printed from the Ossia staff</td><td>Show Ossia</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Stop</td><td>Stop</td><td>Stop</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_persistence</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>lyimport::load-file</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitializeTypesetting</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AutoAccidentals</td><td>Prints accidentals according to a chosen style. Affects following notes only.</td><td>(Print) Accidental Printing</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>SlurTwo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShowOssia::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetCommandKeypress</td><td>"Returns the last keypress that successfully invoked a command "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_cursor_highlight</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoKeypressActivatedCommand</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Play</td><td>Play</td><td>Play</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMeasureTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FinalizeMidiGeneration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBreveRest</td><td>Insert a rest with breve duration</td><td>Breve Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>FixSlursInStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DoubleBarline</td><td>Insert a double barline at cursor position.</td><td>Double Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_applytoselection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteMovement</td><td>Delete the current movement</td><td>Delete Movement</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetWholeMeasureInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitializeMidiGeneration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBreveRest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Denemo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DoubleBarline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur6::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_quickshortcuts</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PreviousMovement</td><td>Go to the previous movement</td><td>Previous Movement</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EmptyMeasure?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FinalizePlayback</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects</td><td>Shuffle the selected objects</td><td>Shuffle Selected Objects</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>Bb-Pentascale</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>Bb Pentascale</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>GetKeypress</td><td>"Intercepts the next keypress and returns a string containing the name of the keypress (the shortcut name). Returns #f if keyboard interception was not possible."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur3</td><td>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅮 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅮</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>Slur6</td><td>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅱 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅱</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_startmidiin</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextMovement</td><td>Go to the next movement</td><td>Next Movement</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitializePlayback</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AutoAccidentals::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-ShuffleSelectedObjects::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Bb-Pentascale::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_mode</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToEnd</td><td>Cursor to end of staff/voice, without extending selection if any</td><td>Move to Staff/Voice End</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateAbstractionMovement</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FinalizePrint</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CriticalComment</td><td>Adds a comment which can be printed in a critical commentary at the end of all the movements (see CriticalCommentary command to create this).</td><td>Critical Comment</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-layout?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_strictshortcuts</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToBeginning</td><td>Cursor to start of staff/voice, without extending selection if any</td><td>Move to Staff/Voice Beginning</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitializePrint</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CriticalComment::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-paper</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetChar</td><td>"Intercepts the next keypress and returns a string containing the character. Returns #f if keyboard interception was not possible."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_resolution</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToEnd</td><td>Cursor to end of staff/voice, extending selection if any</td><td>Go to End</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToBeginning</td><td>Cursor to start of staff/voice, extending selection if any</td><td>Go to Beginning</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultFinalizeTypesetting</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_display_refresh</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ParenthesizeChord</td><td>Enclose the chord in ( ) on printing.</td><td>Parenthesize Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset4</td><td>Preset for voice four. Stems down.</td><td>Voice Preset 4 (Stems Down)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMeasure</td><td>Opens a dialog for going to a numbered measure</td><td>Go to Measure</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-stemdirective-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the stemdirective directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_animation_steps</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProgressBarStop</td><td>"If running, Stops the ProgressBar."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ParenthesizeChord::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset4::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBarline</td><td>Inserts specialized barline at the cursor position. Mostly not working</td><td>Insert Barline</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultInitializeTypesetting</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMeasureEnd</td><td>Move the Cursor to the end of the measure</td><td>Go To Measure End</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_overlays</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset1</td><td>Preset for first voice. Stems up</td><td>Voice Preset 1 (Stems Up)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AttachLilyToChord</td><td>Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the chord at the cursor. This can be used for attaching and placing text and much more. See LilyPond documentation.</td><td>Attach Lilypond to Chord</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToMeasureEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_enable_thumbnails</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AttachLilyToNote</td><td>Attach or edit attached LilyPond text to the note at the cursor. This can be used for guitar fingerings, cautionary accidentals and much more. See LilyPond documentation.</td><td>Attach Lilypond to Note</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultFinalizeMidiGeneration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-tuplet</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a tuplet directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_continuous</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProgressBar</td><td>"Takes a message as a string. Pops up the message inside of a pulsing progressbar"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-paper?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GrandStaffStart</td><td>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a GrandStaff, the group begins with a brace, and bar lines are connected between the staves.</td><td>GrandStaff Start</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteDirective</td><td>Delete a directive attached to chord/note at cursor.</td><td>Delete a Directive</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StringNum</td><td>Followed by a number, places string number on note.</td><td>String Number</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_jacktransport</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-header</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur7::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditKeysigDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to key signature.</td><td>Edit Key Signature Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultInitializeMidiGeneration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StringNum::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_jacktransport_start_stopped</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>F-Pentascale</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>F Pentascale</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>CreateOssiaStaff</td><td>Creates a small staff above the current staff for inserting cues, ossia passages etc. Use Show Ossia and Hide Ossia to show specific measures.</td><td>Create Ossia Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Ossia</td></tr><tr><td>Slur7</td><td>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥𝅲 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥𝅲</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>EditTimesigDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to time signature.</td><td>Edit Time Signature Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::ReverseCopyBuffer</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-tuplet</td><td>"Activates a tuplet directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_toolbar</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>F-Pentascale::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>docport2</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InfoDialog</td><td>"Takes a message as a string. Pops up the message for the user to take note of as a informative message"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateOssiaStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.pitch</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditClefDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to clef.</td><td>Edit Clef Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultFinalizePlayback</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeLonga</td><td>Change current note duration to Longa</td><td>Longa</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_notation_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor2</td><td>Add a minor second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Minor 2nd below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditMovementDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to movement.</td><td>Edit Movement Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeLonga::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_midi_in_controls</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GrandStaffStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.pitch</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditScoreDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to score.</td><td>Edit Score Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultInitializePlayback</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-tuplet</td><td>"Deletes a tuplet directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_playback_controls</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>docport1</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoBar</td><td>Typesets the Denemo barlines, regardless of the timing.</td><td>Typeset Barlines Literally</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>WarningDialog</td><td>"Takes a message as a string. Pops up the message for the user to take note of as a warning"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditVoiceDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to voice.</td><td>Edit Voice Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_console_pane</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff</td><td>Deletes the captured measure image for the current measure of the current staff.</td><td>Delete Captured Measure.</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-header?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteDynamic</td><td>Deletes a dynamic attached to the chord at the cursor.</td><td>Delete</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditStaffDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to staff.</td><td>Edit Staff Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultFinalizePrint</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_lyrics_pane</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ProcessSchemeCopyBufferMusObj</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-movementcontrol</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteDynamic::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteCapturedMeasureForStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditDirective</td><td>Edit any directives attached to chord/note at cursor.</td><td>Edit Directives</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMinor2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IntelligentDelete</td><td>Deletes a single object at the cursor, an empty measure or the complete selection.</td><td>Delete</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_visible_directive_buttons</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>XmlDocumentVariable</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetUserInput</td><td>"Takes three strings, title, prompt and initial value. Shows these to the user and returns the user's string."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditObject</td><td>Edit the object at the cursor.</td><td>Edit Object</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DefaultInitializePrint</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IntelligentDelete::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_autoupdate</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertDynamic</td><td>Inserts a dynamic marking at the cursor position</td><td>Insert Dynamics</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusbObj::MoveTo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_rhythm_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::MirrorSelection</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditChords</td><td>Allows chord symbols to be added to the current note. E.G.cis:dim7 for c-sharp diminished 7th. See Lilypond docs for notation</td><td>Edit Chord Symbols</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LHFinger</td><td>Followed by a number, print Left Hand fingering on note</td><td>Left Hand Fingering</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Strings</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_object_palette</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SchemePaste</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GoToPosition</td><td>"Move to given Movement, voice measure and object position. Takes 4 parameters integers starting from 1, use #f for no change. Returns #f if it fails"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SlurBreve::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShowFiguredBass</td><td>Show the figured bass on the current staff on printing</td><td>Show Figures (Print)</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LHFinger::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>C-Pentascale</td><td>Identify Scale Notes that are sounded</td><td>C Pentascale</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Aural Training/Identify-Scale-Note</td></tr><tr><td>SchemeCopy</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SlurBreve</td><td>Inserts a 𝅜 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅜</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideFiguredBass</td><td>Hide the figured bass on the current staff on printing</td><td>Hide Figures (Print)</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MusObj::maxPitch</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects</td><td>Mirror the selected notes. Axis is the cursor position.</td><td>Mirror Selected Objects (Axis=Cursor)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>C-Pentascale::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetPosition</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-movementcontrol?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteFiguredBass</td><td>Delete the figured bass on the current staff</td><td>Delete Figures</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-MirrorSelectedObjects::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HTTP</td><td>"Takes 4 parameters and makes http transaction with www.denemo.org"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-scoreheader</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset3</td><td>Preset for third voice. Stems up.</td><td>Voice Preset 3 (Stems Up)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>EditFiguredBass</td><td>Add a bass figure to the current note. Use | sign to split the duration of a note so as to have multiple figures on one note. See Lilypond docs for other notation</td><td>Insert/Edit Figured Bass</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetNoteUnderCursorAsLilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::ModifySelectedObjects</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>XmlDocumentCommand</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset3::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteVerse</td><td>Deletes current verse of lyrics from current voice</td><td>Delete Verse</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateMusObjCursorNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::PutBinaryStringList</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideClef</td><td>On printing, omit the clef change at the cursor, or the initial clef if the cursor is not on a clef change.</td><td>(Print) Hide</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</td></tr><tr><td>AddVerse</td><td>Add a verse of lyrics</td><td>Add Lyric Verse</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Enter</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DetachQuitCallback</td><td>"Removes a callback from the current musical score"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MezzoForte</td><td>Attach mf indication to a chord.</td><td>Mezzo Forte</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>InsertStem</td><td>Inserts a stem neutral object. After this automatic stem directions are active. You can click on this tag and use Sharpen/StemUp etc commands to change stem direction</td><td>Auto Stemming</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookArranger</td><td>Prints the arranger name on title page</td><td>Arranger</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>MezzoForte::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeNotehead</td><td>Change the type of notehead for the current note</td><td>Set Notehead</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideClef::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCursorHighlight</td><td>Shows up the position of the cursor more clearly (off/on)</td><td>Cursor Highlighting (Off/On)</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>BookArranger::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.dots</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertTimeSig</td><td>Edit/Insert a time signature change for the current measure</td><td>Time Signature Change</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCursorHighlight::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_reverb</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::PutBinaryString</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AttachQuitCallback</td><td>"Takes a script as a string, which will be stored. All the callbacks are called when the musical score is closed"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-scoreheader?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FindEditPoint</td><td>Searches backward for the start of non-printing notes.</td><td>Find Edit Point</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>InitialTimeSig</td><td>Set the initial time signature of the current staff</td><td>Inital Time Signature</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_chorus</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::ReverseStringsInList</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-score</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FindEditPoint::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertKey</td><td>Insert/Edit a key change at the cursor position</td><td>Key Signature Change</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetFontSize</td><td>Choose the font size of for the score, and hence how much space it takes up.</td><td>(Print)Set Overall Score Size</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>InsertLonga</td><td>Insert a Longa</td><td>Longa</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_sample_rate</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.baseduration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SlurLonga::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitialKey</td><td>Set the initial key signature of the current staff</td><td>Initial Key</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetFontSize::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertLonga::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_fluidsynth_period_size</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeHold2Pedal</td><td>Longer release time but notes will fade out eventually.</td><td>69 Hold Pedal #2 (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::Number->DigitsAsBinary</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetPrefs</td><td>"Takes xml representation of a preference and adds it to the Denemo preferences"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckScore</td><td>Checks score for wrong measure durations, unterminated tuplets, slurs, wrong ties etc.</td><td>Check Score</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>SlurLonga</td><td>Inserts a 𝅛 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅛</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>InsertClef</td><td>Insert/Edit a change of clef at the cursor</td><td>Clef Change</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_dynamic_compression</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeHold2Pedal::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JumpDownOctave</td><td>Moves cursor down an octave.</td><td>Octave Down</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InitialClef</td><td>Change the initial clef of the current staff</td><td>Initial Clef</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_zoom</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::ListOfNumbers->NumbersAsBinary</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>set!musobj.duration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JumpDownOctave::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StaffProperties</td><td>Change the properties of the current staff</td><td>Staff Properties</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPref_system_height</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Chordize</td><td>"Enforces the treatment of the note at the cursor as a chord in LilyPond"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChoirStaffEnd</td><td>Stop ChoirStaff multi-stave system.</td><td>ChoirStaff End</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>AddVoice</td><td>Adds a new voice (part), to the current staff. It is tricky to switch between the voices. Suggest to use merge staffs</td><td>Add Voice</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>musobj.duration</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-score?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteAfter</td><td>Deletes the staff after the current staff</td><td>Delete Staff After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CriticalCommentary</td><td>Collects together any critical comments from the score and places them in an epilog at the end of the music. The Title and text of the Epilog are created with the CriticalCommentaryIntro command, and critical comments are added with the CriticalComment command.</td><td>(Re)Create Epilog - Critical Commentary</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles/Epilog</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::Digit->binary</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-note</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeScorePrint</td><td>Prints the score transposed by the interval selected by SetTransposeIntervalFromSelection</td><td>(Print) Transposed</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteStaff</td><td>Deletes the current staff</td><td>Delete Current Staff</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::String->CharsAsBinary</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevStandaloneDirectiveInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor within the current measure to the previous object that is a Denemo Directive in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TransposeScorePrint::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset2</td><td>Preset for second voice. Stems down.</td><td>Voice Preset 2 (Stems Down)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/Voices</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteBefore</td><td>Deletes the staff before the current staff</td><td>Delete Staff Before</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor2</td><td>Add a major second as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Major 2nd below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>GraceNoteSwitcher</td><td>Transforms the current selected notes into grace notes.</td><td>Grace Note (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/GraceNotes</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-layout-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::Char->binary</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChoirStaffEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLast</td><td>Inserts a new staff at the end of the score</td><td>Add Last Staff</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GraceNoteSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownMajor2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckScore::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddInitial</td><td>Inserts a new staff at the top of the score</td><td>Add Initial Staff</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CriticalCommentary::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextStandaloneDirectiveInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor within the current measure to the next object that is a Denemo Directive in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddAfter</td><td>Inserts/Adds a new staff after the current staff</td><td>Add Staff After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ApplyToSelection</td><td>Followed by a keyboard shortcut: applies the shortcut with the cursor successively on each object in the selection.</td><td>Apply Shortcut to Objects in Selection</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MarcatoSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddBefore</td><td>Inserts a new staff before the current staff</td><td>Add Staff Before</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ApplyToSelection::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::LeadingZerosFiller</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-note?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MarcatoSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark the selected notes marcato</td><td>Marcato (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToVoiceDown</td><td>Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff without altering selection</td><td>Move to Voice Down</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FindNextLowerNote</td><td>Moves cursor to next note that is lower than the cursor.</td><td>Next Lower</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::RandomWithinClefRangeChromatic</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStaccatissimo</td><td>Mark/Unmark chord as Staccatissimo</td><td>Staccatissimo (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>PrevStandaloneDirective</td><td>"Moves the cursor the previous object that is a Denemo Directive in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-chord</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextHigher</td><td>Move cursor to next note higher than cursor posiiton</td><td>Next Higher</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Seek</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToVoiceUp</td><td>Go to the higher numbered voice on staff without altering selection</td><td>Move to Voice Up</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FindNextLowerNote::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::RandomWithinClefRangeDiatonic</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoiceDown</td><td>Go to the lower numbered voice on this staff, extending selection if any</td><td>Voice Down</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStaccatissimo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextHigher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>VoiceUp</td><td>Go to the higher numbered voice on staff, extending selection if any</td><td>Voice Up</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteCapturedMeasure</td><td>Deletes the captured image of the source measure for the current measure.</td><td>Delete Captured Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects</td><td>Revert selected objects</td><td>Reverse Selected Objects</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotationMagick</td></tr><tr><td>NextStandaloneDirective</td><td>"Moves the cursor the next object that is a Denemo Directive in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SwapMovements</td><td>Swap this movement with the one before</td><td>Swap Movements</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteCapturedMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JumpUpOctave</td><td>Moves cursor up one octave.</td><td>Octave Up</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>PageBreak</td><td>(Print) Forces a new page at this barline.</td><td>Page Break</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>JoinVoices</td><td>Merge this staff as a voice on the previous staff</td><td>Join Voices</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick-ReverseSelectedObjects::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeLegatoPedal</td><td>Skips the attack portion of the VCA's envelope. For phrasing like wind or brass or guitar hammer-on.</td><td>68 Legato Pedal (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>PageBreak::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SplitVoices</td><td>Split off the next voice as a separate staff</td><td>Split Voices</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JumpUpOctave::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeLegatoPedal::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CloseReopenRepeat</td><td>Closes and open repeat block and opens a new one.</td><td>Close and Reopen Repeat</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</td></tr><tr><td>InsertSnippet</td><td>"Inserts music Snippet from passed id Returns #f if not possible"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-chord?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SwapStaffs</td><td>Swap this staff with the one higher up. Note this actually swaps voices.</td><td>Swap Staffs</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-layout-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the layout directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CloseReopenRepeat::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGetTag-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CommandManagement</td><td>View help, change and save keyboard shortcuts</td><td>Manage Command Set</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SaveAccels</td><td>Save the current commands and keyboard shortcuts as the default</td><td>Save Command Set</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatEndStart</td><td>Inserts a barline ending one repeated section and starting another</td><td>Repeat End-Start</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UpBowSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Preferences</td><td>Set and save your preferences for how Denemo operates on startup. Edit .denemo/denemorc for missing ones</td><td>Change Preferences</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatEndStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectSnippet</td><td>"Selects music Snippet from passed id Returns #f if not possible"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-paper</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a paper directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UpBowSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Mark/Unmark current selection or note with UpBow</td><td>UpBow (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>SaveSelection</td><td>Save the selected music. Not sure if this is working</td><td>Save Selection</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::RandomWithinClefRange</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur2</td><td>Inserts a 𝅘𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅘𝅥</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>FingeringsDoublestroke</td><td>Place a fingering instruction on a note</td><td>Fingerings</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>OpenOctaveDown</td><td>Opens a block printing an octave lower: must be terminated with CloseLilyBlock</td><td>(Print) Open { Octave Down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Print Transpositions</td></tr><tr><td>ScoreProperties</td><td>Change some of the properties of the current score. This will start up a dialog window</td><td>Score Properties</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::InsertMemberRandomlyLy</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MIDI-shortcut::pitchbend</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenOctaveDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PasteClipboard</td><td>Paste LilyPond notes from the text clipboard</td><td>Paste LilyPond notes</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateSnippetFromObject</td><td>"Creates a music Snippet comprising the object at the cursor Returns #f if not possible, otherwise an identifier for that snippet"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-paper</td><td>"Activates a paper directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Pitchbend::timer</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Paste</td><td>Paste the selected music</td><td>Paste</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::InsertListRandomlyLy</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Cut</td><td>Cut</td><td>Cut</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LineBreak</td><td>(Print) Start a new line (i.e. system) at this measure.</td><td>Line Break</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>Copy</td><td>Copy</td><td>Copy</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CreateIntro</td><td>Creates a new staff with a bar for nothing (an intro of the right number of beats)</td><td>Create Intro</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>PrevNote</td><td>"Moves the cursor the previous object of type CHORD which is not a rest in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-paper</td><td>"Deletes a paper directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LineBreak::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Redo</td><td>Redoes the next of the steps you have Undone</td><td>Redo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftDown</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step down, stay in the keysignature.</td><td>Tonal step down</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>Undo</td><td>Undoes one (more) step of your edits to the current score.</td><td>Undo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftDown::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsSlash</td><td>Slash note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Slash</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>NextNote</td><td>"Moves the cursor the next object of type CHORD which is not a rest in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChoirStaffStart</td><td>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. In a ChoirStaff, the group starts with a bracket, but bar lines are not connected. </td><td>ChoirStaff Start</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>Quit</td><td>Quit the Denemo program</td><td>Quit</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleDirective</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatEnd</td><td>Insert a barline indicating the end of a repeated section.</td><td>Repeat End Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>CreateIntro::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChoirStaffStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Close</td><td>Close the current score. Other windows will stay open</td><td>Close Score</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::RandomChromaticLy</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MIDI-shortcut::controller</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintPart</td><td>Displays the final finished score for the current part (that is current staff</td><td>Print Part</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevChordInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor the the previous object of type CHORD in the current measure. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Print</td><td>Typesets the score using LilyPond and opens a print dialog</td><td>Print</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShortMeasure</td><td>Allow too few notes/rests in this measure. LilyPond will engrave this measure (in all staffs) with the short duration given by notes already present when this command was issued.</td><td>Short Measure</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Slur2::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintMovement</td><td>Typesets the current movement and opens a print dialog</td><td>Print Movement</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TextAbove</td><td>Prints your text above the music at this point</td><td>Arbitrary Text</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings</td></tr><tr><td>ShortMeasure::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintExcerptPreview</td><td>Displays a musical excerpt in your image viewer</td><td>Print Excerpt</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetMidiShortcut</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TextAbove::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeSoftPedal</td><td>Left Piano Pedal. Lowers the volume of any notes played.</td><td>67 Soft Pedal (On/Off) (Left Piano Pedal)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>NextChordInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor the the next object of type CHORD in the current measure. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintSelection</td><td>Displays selected music from score in your pdf viewer</td><td>Print Selection</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MIDI-shortcuts::alist</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownPerfect1</td><td>Add a perfect prime as chordnote relative to the highest note downwards.</td><td>Add Perfect 1st below top</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddBelowTop</td></tr><tr><td>SwitchMensuralBarlines</td><td>Draw the barlines only between the staves but not inside.</td><td>(Print) Mensural Barlines (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeSoftPedal::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::RandomDiatonicLy</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintView</td><td>Displays the final finished score in the Print View window</td><td>Print Preview</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddHighestDownPerfect1::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsSlash::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>JoinChordsToMergedChord</td><td>Joins all notes, chords and rests in the selection and inserts a all selected notes as chord. May create tied notes.</td><td>Join music objects to new chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests</td></tr><tr><td>ShortInstrumentName</td><td>Prints shortened form of instrument name before this staff
for second and subsequent systems</td><td>Short Instrument Name</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>PrintPreview</td><td>Displays the final finished score in your pdf viewer</td><td>Print Preview</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-tuplet-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevChord</td><td>"Moves the cursor the the previous object of type CHORD in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShortInstrumentName::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ExportMIDI</td><td>Export the score as a MIDI file</td><td>Export MIDI</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Replace-nth</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftUp</td><td>Transpose/shift the cursor note or selection one step up, stay in the keysignature.</td><td>Tonal step up</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Transpose</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeBreve</td><td>Change current note duration to Breve</td><td>Breve</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/ChangeDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::AskNewAsciistring</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ExportPNG</td><td>Export the score as a PNG image file</td><td>Export PNG</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ShiftUp::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SwitchMensuralBarlines::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideTimesig</td><td>On printing, omit the time signature change at the cursor, or the initial time signature if the cursor is not on a time signature change.</td><td>(Print) Hide</td><td>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</td></tr><tr><td>ExportPDF</td><td>Export the score as a PDF document file</td><td>Export PDF</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>string-escaper</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextChord</td><td>"Moves the cursor the the next object of type CHORD in the current staff. Returns #f if the cursor did not move"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ExportMUDELA</td><td>Export the score as a lilypond file</td><td>Export Lilypond</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatStart</td><td>Insert a barline indicating the start of a repeated section.</td><td>Repeat Start Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>BookTitle</td><td>Prints a title on title page</td><td>Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>JoinChordsToMergedChord::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EvenOutStaffLengths</td><td>Appends empty measures to any staffs that are too short.</td><td>Even Up the Staffs</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NotationMagick::AskNewNotationstring</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SaveParts</td><td>Save Parts: each staff becomes a file in lilypond format</td><td>Save Parts</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>char-escape-spec</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RepeatStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EvenOutStaffLengths::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NewMovement</td><td>Create a new movement, usign any default template</td><td>New Movement</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>string-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Forte</td><td>Attaches Forte to chord and MIDI volume</td><td>Forte</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>HideTimesig::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RecordAndConvert</td><td>Starts playing the score and recording from MIDI in, When finished it converts the recording to notation.</td><td>Record and Convert</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>PrevSelectedObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the previous object in the selection. Returns #t if the cursor moved"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMovementAfter</td><td>Insert a new movement after the current one</td><td>Insert Movement After</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>string-needs-escape?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Forte::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AttachDirective</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RecordAndConvert::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMovementBefore</td><td>Insert a new movement before the current one</td><td>Insert Movement Before</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NewWindow</td><td>Create working area (tab with an empty score in it)</td><td>New Tab</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NextSelectedObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the next object in the selection. Returns #t if the cursor moved"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SaveTemplate</td><td>Save the score as a template for re-use as a starting point for new scores</td><td>Save Template</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CaptureMeasuresForStaff</td><td>Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from one of a set of parts. Display the source score on the screen using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in parts form; to capture in full score use CaptureMeasures command</td><td>Capture Measures (one staff)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/CaptureScore</td></tr><tr><td>SetDisplayClef</td><td>Inserts a clef that affects only the display, not the printed form. Use this after ChangeStaff in the staff the voice will be on is in a different clef. Also useful to display in a familiar clef music which you want to be printed in a less familiar one (e.g. display in treble or bass music to be printed for viola</td><td>Display Only Clef</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</td></tr><tr><td>InstrumentName</td><td>Print Instrument name before staff at start of score,</td><td>Instrument Name</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenMyTemplate</td><td>Start a new score from one of your own template files</td><td>Open Custom Template</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InstrumentName::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeBreve::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenExample</td><td>Start a new score from a built-in example</td><td>Open Example</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-tuplet-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the tuplet directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SpaceNumber</td><td>Identify the space number in which the note is display on</td><td>Identify Space Number</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeSustenutoPedal</td><td>Middle Grand Piano Pedal. All Notes currently active (without a note off) will not have a note-off until Sustenuto Off.</td><td>66 Sustenuto Pedal (On/Off) (Middle Grand Piano Pedal)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>PrevObjectInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the previous object in the current measure, returning #f if the cursor was on the first object"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpenTemplate</td><td>Start a new score from a built-in template file</td><td>Open Template</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SpaceNumber::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeSustenutoPedal::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StandAloneSelfEditDirective</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCheckChords</td><td>Advances through the current movement as you play the notes, stopping for wrong or missing notes in MIDI in.</td><td>Check Chords (On/Off)</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>SaveCopy</td><td>Save a copy of the score</td><td>Create Copy</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetDisplayClef::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleCheckChords::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SaveAs</td><td>Save the score under a new name</td><td>Save As</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-timesig</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a timesig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Anacrusis</td><td>Insert a LilyPond Directive to give an eighth note upbeat</td><td>Insert Anacrusis</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu</td></tr><tr><td>NextObjectInMeasure</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the next object in the current measure, returning #f if there were no more objects to the left in the current measure"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Save</td><td>Save the score</td><td>Save</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>html-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Anacrusis::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UnHideNotes</td><td>Reverts the "Stop drawing notes" command</td><td>(Print) Start Drawing Notes (Again)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Staff</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsDelete</td><td>Delete note head style of this movement. Reset to whatever Score or Lilypond has set as default.</td><td>Delete Movement Notehead Settings</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>OpenNewWindow</td><td>Open a file containing a music score for editing in a separate working area (tab</td><td>Open In New</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UnHideNotes::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MezzoPiano</td><td>prints mp and outputs MIDI vol change#</td><td>Mezzo Piano</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Dynamic Markings</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor7</td><td>Add a minor seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Minor 7th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsDelete::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementProps</td><td>Change properties of this movement</td><td>Change Properties</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-timesig</td><td>"Activates a timesig directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpNine</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpNine</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>MezzoPiano::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor7::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrevObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the left returning #t if the cursor moved"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddMovements</td><td>Add movements from a Denemo file</td><td>Add Movement</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpNine::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CaptureMeasuresForStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Directive-standalone</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PianoStaffEnd</td><td>Stop PianoStaff multi-stave system.</td><td>PianoStaff End</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddStaffs</td><td>Add staffs from a Denemo file</td><td>Add Staffs</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>scheme-escape</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleImmediatePlayback</td><td>Toggle on/off if you want to hear the note directly after inserting/changing.</td><td>Toggle Immediate Playback</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::InsertMemberRandomly</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTenuto</td><td>Mark/Unmark the chord Tenuto</td><td>Tenuto (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>ImportMusicXml</td><td>Import a MusicXml file</td><td>Import MusicXml</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-timesig</td><td>"Deletes a timesig directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleImmediatePlayback::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsXcircle</td><td>Xcircle note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Xcircle</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>NextObject</td><td>"Moves the cursor to the right returning #t if this was possible"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideEmptyStaffs</td><td>Controls whether staffs containing only rests are printed.</td><td>Hide Empty Staffs (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Print Layout</td></tr><tr><td>ImportMidi</td><td>Import a Midi file</td><td>Import Midi</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsXcircle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideEmptyStaffs::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ImportLilypond</td><td>Import a Lilypond file</td><td>Import Lilypond</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ParseJson</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleTenuto::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LineNumber</td><td>Identify the line number in which the note is displayed</td><td>Identify Line Number</td><td>/MainMenu/Educational/Note-Reading</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::InsertListRandomly</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>BookTitle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StandAloneDirectiveProto</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PianoStaffEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Open</td><td>Open a file containing a music score for editing</td><td>Open</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>LineNumber::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DiatonicShift</td><td>"Moves the note at the cursor by the number of diatonic steps passed in"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>New</td><td>Start a new musical score</td><td>New File</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MouseOrMidiDrivenPlayback</td><td>Turns off play along playback: when this is on the playback does not advance past the cursor unless you play along the correct note via Midi In, or move the mouse over the music to drive the score along.</td><td>Play Along Playback (Off/On)</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FlattenEnharmonicSet</td><td>Shifts the set of accidentals one step flatter</td><td>Shift Accidentals Flatwise</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MetronomeMarking</td><td>Prints a metronome. Adjusts playback tempo to this value.</td><td>Metronome Marking 𝅘𝅥 = ... bpm </td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBreve</td><td>Insert a Breve</td><td>Breve</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</td></tr><tr><td>MouseOrMidiDrivenPlayback::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SharpenEnharmonicSet</td><td>Shifts the set of accidentals one step sharper</td><td>Shift Accidentals Sharpwise</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MetronomeMarking::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBreve::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertNoteInChord</td><td>"Takes a LilyPond note name, and adds that note to the chord"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ExecuteScheme</td><td>Execute the scheme code from the scripting window</td><td>Execute Scheme</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Rhythm</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideLilyPond</td><td>Comments out the chord in the LilyPond output.</td><td>Hide on Printing</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu</td></tr><tr><td>HideKeysig</td><td>On printing, omit the key signature change at the cursor, or the initial key signature if the cursor is not on a key signature change.</td><td>(Print) Hide</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Key</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AppendMeasureAllStaffs</td><td>Appends a blank measure to every staff in this movement</td><td>Append Measure All Staffs</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Flip-coin</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Blank</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::RandomChromatic</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideLilyPond::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertOneNote</td><td>Inserts a note in the prevailing duration.</td><td>Insert Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/InsertNote/InsertDuration</td></tr><tr><td>NextRhythm</td><td>Make next snippet
the current snippet.
Notes entered will follow the rhythmic pattern of this snippet</td><td>Next Snippet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Merge-shuffle-list</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpSix</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpSix</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>Rest</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideKeysig::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PutRest</td><td>"Inserts a rest at the cursor; either passed in duration (note prevailing duration not supported properly)."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertRhythm</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Snippet</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertOneNote::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpSix::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Note</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePortamento</td><td>Slides between 2 notes. Can be adjusted with 5 - Portamento Time</td><td>65 Portamento (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePitch</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Change Pitch</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Merge-shuffle-list!</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EditMode</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePortamento::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor7</td><td>Add a major seventh as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Major 7th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetMetricalPosition</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RecreateTimebase</td><td>Recalculates the timing of each note.</td><td>Create Timebase</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ForceCaution</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Force Cautionary Accidental</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMovementBeginning</td><td>Moves the cursor to the beginning of the movement without altering the selection</td><td>Move To Movement Beginning</td><td>/MainMenu/NavigationMenu/Cursor</td></tr><tr><td>InsertMode</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-gy</td><td>"Gets the value of the gy field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetDenominatorInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetAccidental</td><td>"Takes a LilyPond note name, changes the note at the cursor to have the accidental passed in either LilyPond string or integer -2..+2. Returns #f if cursor is not on a note position. "</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RecreateTimebase::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleGrace</td><td>Makes the note at the cursor a grace note, if it is one, makes it normal</td><td>Grace Note Off/On</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor7::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetMovementTempo</td><td>Sets the (initial) tempo in quarter notes per minute.</td><td>MIDI Tempo</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MoveToMovementBeginning::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClassicMode</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetDenominator</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetGrace</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Grace</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>list-position</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetMovementTempo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideNotes</td><td>Stops the Lilypond engraving of notes</td><td>(Print) Stop Drawing Notes</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Staff</td></tr><tr><td>Modeless</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::RandomDiatonic</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetNumerator</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndDiminuendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>End Diminuendo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>HideNotes::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDurationBreve</td><td>Change one chord member to appear like a breve duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</td><td>Change chord-member to breve</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-gx</td><td>"Gets the value of the gx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PutNoteName</td><td>"Takes a LilyPond note name, and changes the note at the cursor to that note"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStartDiminuendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Start Diminuendo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteLilyPondOnChord</td><td>Deletes the LilyPond attached to the chord at the cursor.</td><td>Delete LilyPond on Chord</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>defstruct</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDurationBreve::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndCrescendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>End Crescendo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteLilyPondOnChord::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::InsertBaseDurationList</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleStartCrescendo</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Start Crescendo</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::random</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClefChooser</td><td>Choose any sort of clef. If the cursor is at the start change initial clef, else insert chosen clef.</td><td>Clef Chooser</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ClefMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-ty</td><td>"Gets the value of the ty field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeChordNotes</td><td>"Takes a string of LilyPond note names. Replaces the notes of the chord at the cursor with these notes, preserving other attributes"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleEndSlur</td><td>Insert/delete end slur on this note</td><td>End Slur</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ConsecutiveIndirect?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClefChooser::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleBeginSlur</td><td>Insert/delete begin slur on this note</td><td>Begin Slur</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ConvertMidiForBass</td><td>Takes a MIDI recording over a bass line and inserts the chords by matching the bass notes. Each chord must include the bass note.</td><td>Convert MIDI Chords Over Bass</td><td>/MainMenu/PlaybackMenu</td></tr><tr><td>OpFive</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpFive</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-chord-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ConsecutiveHiddenCrossed?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>WriteStatus</td><td>"Takes a string putting the scheme controlled status bar; with no argument it hides this status bar"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetPoint</td><td>Extends the selection to the current cursor position</td><td>Set Point</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpFive::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ConsecutiveHidden?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-tx</td><td>"Gets the value of the tx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ConvertMidiForBass::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddMovement</td><td>"Appends a new movement without copying staff structure."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>UnsetMark</td><td>Gets rid of the selection.</td><td>Unset Mark</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ConsecutiveAnti?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>%module-public-interface</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Ambitus</td><td>Toggle the ambitus engraver for this staff on or off</td><td>(Print) Ambitus (On/Off)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SetMark</td><td>Sets the start point for a selection,
the end point of the selection is unaltered</td><td>Set Mark</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-standalone-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ConsecutiveCrossed?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Ambitus::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InputFilterNames</td><td>"Takes a string putting it on the scheme-controlled status bar as a list of active filters"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Ab Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-y</td><td>"Gets the value of the y field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetSelectionDurationInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectAllStaffs</td><td>Selects the whole movement / All staffs</td><td>Select All Staffs</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>PianoStaffStart</td><td>Start grouping single staves together in order to form multi-stave systems. The PianoStaff is identical to a GrandStaff, except that it supports printing the instrument name directly.</td><td>PianoStaff Start</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Eb Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>IncrementKeysig</td><td>"Makes the keysig sharper/flatter, affects keysig change when cursor is on one, otherwise affects initial keysig"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-paper-display</td><td>"Gets the value of the display field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetBaseDurationInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectAllStaffs::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeHoldPedal</td><td>Hold Pedal On/Off (Right Piano Pedal). Deactivates Note-Off until set to "Off"</td><td>64 Hold Pedal (Right Piano Pedal)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Bb Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PianoStaffStart::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-score-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the score directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetNumberOfDotsInTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CheckLilyVersion</td><td>"Returns a boolean if the installed version of LilyPond is greater than or equal to the passed in version string"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDurationLonga::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteLilyPondOnNote</td><td>Deletes the LilyPond attached to the note where the cursor is.</td><td>Delete LilyPond on Note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Directives</td></tr><tr><td>HalfBarline</td><td>Insert a barline with only half of its original size</td><td>Half Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-x</td><td>"Gets the value of the x field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PrintBassPartWithoutFigures</td><td>Prints the Bass part omitting any figured bass figures.</td><td>Print Bass Part Omitting Figures</td><td>/MainMenu/FileMenu/PrintMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeHoldPedal::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set C Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteLilyPondOnNote::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TocTitle</td><td>Gives a heading for a table of contents, inserting the table in the book.</td><td>Table of Contents Title</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Score/Titles/Book Titles</td></tr><tr><td>GetPrevailingDuration</td><td>"Returns the prevailing duration, ie duration which will be used for the next inserted note."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-graphic</td><td>"Writes the graphic field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set G Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InvertedMap</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartStaff</td><td>Reverts the "Stop Drawing Staff" command</td><td>(Print) Start Drawing Staff (Again)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Staff</td></tr><tr><td>HalfBarline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-voice-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::ConsecutiveOpen?</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::SplitTicksToBaseDurations</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetLilyVersion</td><td>"Returns the installed LilyPond version"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndSecondTimeBar</td><td>Closes the second time bar peviously opened (printing)</td><td>Close Second Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set D Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>TocTitle::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-override</td><td>"Writes the override field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor6</td><td>Add a minor sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Minor 6th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>StartStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndSecondTimeBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialASharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set A# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetPrevailingClef</td><td>"Returns the prevailing clef at the cursor. Note that non-builtin clefs like drum are not handled yet."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-postfix</td><td>"Writes the postfix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpFour</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpFour</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::Interval->Sound</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMinor6::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsCross</td><td>Cross note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Cross</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>OpFour::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-staff-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set D# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetLabel</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns the label for the menu item that executes the command or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsCross::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set G# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-gy</td><td>"Writes the gy field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AllegroAssai</td><td>Gives Allegro Assai tempo indication</td><td>Allegro Assai</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/TextMarks/Tempo Indications</td></tr><tr><td>ChordsOverBass</td><td>Place the cursor on a bass note and invoke this command. It creates a treble staff above and for each note in the bass staff, as you play it, it switches to the treble staff and allows you to enter a chord. Use the Pitch Bend wheel to stop/start the process. Hold a chord while moving to the next bass note to extend the chord over more than one bass note.</td><td>Create Chords Over Bass Line</td><td>/MainMenu/InputMenu/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>GetPrevailingKeysig</td><td>"Returns the prevailing keysignature at the cursor"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-prefix</td><td>"Writes the prefix field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FlattenKeysig</td><td>Flattens the key signature by one degree. If no key signature at the cursor, operates on the initial key signature.</td><td>♭</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Key</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set C# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoBarline</td><td>Skips the printing of any automatic barline here - allows line break.</td><td>(Print) Omit Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>AllegroAssai::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-note-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the note directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFSharpmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F# Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectStaff</td><td>Selects the whole staff</td><td>Select Staff</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>AddKeybinding</td><td>"Takes a command name or command id and binding name and sets that binding on that command returns the command id that previously had the binding or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CaptureMeasures</td><td>Creates blank measures one for each measure captured as a screenshot from a source score. Display the source score using any program. Click on opposite corners of each measure in turn to capture that measure as an image into Denemo. Right-click or scroll-wheel to switch corners to adjust. Press any key to finish. This command is for capturing in score form; to underlay each part with its own source measure use CaptureMeasuresPartPerStaff </td><td>Capture Measures (Score)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/CaptureScore</td></tr><tr><td>PrintBassPartWithoutFigures::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set B Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-gx</td><td>"Writes the gx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>NoBarline::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SelectStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::ticks->lilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CaptureMeasures::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>CursorToNote</td><td>"Takes LilyPond note name string. Moves the cursor to the line or space"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-paper-display</td><td>"Writes the display field (a string) of the paper directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set E Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::GetInterval</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndBeam</td><td>Instructs LilyPond engraver to stop previously started manual beaming. Print effect only.</td><td>End Beam</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDuration0</td><td>Change one chord member to appear like a whole-note duration without changing the original logic like measure calculation or the duration of newly added chord members.</td><td>Change chord-member to whole note</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/ChangePrintDuration</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-chord-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the chord directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FingeringsDoublestroke::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set A Minor as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetId</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns and id for it or #f if no command of that name exists"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateDiatonicStepDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EndBeam::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher</td><td>Remove one dot for each note in the selection or single note</td><td>Remove Dot</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>Slur1</td><td>Inserts a 𝅗𝅥 and slurs to it, extending previous slur.</td><td> ⏜ 𝅗𝅥</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditDuration/Slurs</td></tr><tr><td>VoicePreset1::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Cb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-ty</td><td>"Writes the ty field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateDiatonicStepUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>RemoveDotSelectionSwitcher::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMeasureNumber</td><td>"Returns the measure number at cursor position."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveTextEdit-header</td><td>"Takes a tag. Lets the user edit (by running the editscript named by the tag) a header directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>Slur1::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Gb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SecondTimeBar</td><td>Closes first time bars and starts second time bar(s) (printing)</td><td>Second Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</td></tr><tr><td>ChordsOverBass::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_LILYPOND</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-standalone-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the standalone directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Db Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AppendToVerse</td><td>"Appends the passed string to the current verse of the current staff"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SecondTimeBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_ALT_OVERRIDE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpThree</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpThree</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Ab Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetQuarterCommaMeanTone</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-tx</td><td>"Writes the tx field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetEndTick</td><td>"Returns the tick count (PPQN) for the end of the object at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveActivate-header</td><td>"Activates a header directive widget of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not a button"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_GRAPHIC</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpThree::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Eb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleFermata</td><td>Mark/Unmark the chord with a fermata</td><td>Fermata (Off/On)</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Markings/Articulations</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_EDITOR</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangePrintDuration0::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-movementcontrol-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the movementcontrol directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBflatmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Bb Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>PutVerse</td><td>"Puts the passed string as the current verse of the current staff"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeExpression</td><td>Aka "Sub Volume" or "Percent Volume". The "real" volume. Use Volume as initial value for each staff/channel and change further cresc/desc with expression. </td><td>11 Expression</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/MIDI</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateHalfRealStepDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::ticks->denemo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EnterRest</td><td>Inserts a rest in the prevailing duration</td><td>Insert Rest</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/RestEntry</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_AFFIX</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-y</td><td>"Writes the y field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChangeExpression::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateHalfRealStepUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetBaseDurationInTicks</td><td>"Returns the number of ticks (PPQN) for the chord without dots or tuplet effects at the cursor, or #f if not a chord. The value is -ve for special durations (i.e. non-standard notes)"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::lilypond->ticks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveDelete-header</td><td>"Deletes a header directive of the passed in tag. Returns #f if not deleted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>EnterRest::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TAGEDIT</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty</td><td>Delete all selected objects and leave empty measures behind</td><td>Delete Selected Objects</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu/Select</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set C# Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor6</td><td>Add a major sixth as chordnote relative to the lowest note upwards.</td><td>Add Major 6th above base</td><td>/ObjectMenu/ChordMenu/AddAboveBase</td></tr><tr><td>ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection</td><td>Converts between the midi-drum notation and a user-drum notation. The user can set his/her drummap in a template in ~/.denemo/templates or choose any other copy he made of the template file to have drummaps for different drummers avaible.</td><td>Convert GM-Drum to User-Drum</td><td>/MainMenu/EditMenu</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateWholeRealStepDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::denemo->ticks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_VOLUME</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DeleteSelectionLeaveEmpty::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-score-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the score directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialFSharpmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set F# Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ConvertDrum2GmSingleSelection::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetVerse</td><td>"Gets the current verse of the current staff or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateWholeRealStepUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>AddLowestUpMajor6::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::lilypond->denemo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_DURATION</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SuggestFlat</td><td>Prints flat sign over the note at the cursor</td><td>Suggest Flat</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/EditNote</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialBmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set B Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-timesig-x</td><td>"Writes the x field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StopStaff</td><td>Stop drawing the staff and barlines in Lilypond. Notes are still drawn.</td><td>(Print) Stop Drawing Staff</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Staff</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateRealOctaveDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetDurationInTicks</td><td>"Returns the number of ticks (PPQN) for the object at the cursor, or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-height</td><td>"Gets the value of the height field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_REPEAT</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SuggestFlat::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialEmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set E Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DenemoPrintAllHeaders</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartBeam</td><td>Instructs the LilyPond engraver to start a beam here. (Print effect only)</td><td>Start Beam</td><td>/ObjectMenu/NotesRests/Beaming</td></tr><tr><td>StopStaff::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::CalculateRealOctaveUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::denemo->lilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_CHANNEL</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-voice-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the voice directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialAmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set A Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>StartBeam::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetChecksum</td><td>"Takes a string and returns a string representing an MD5 checksum for the passed string."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetNumberOfDotsInDenemo</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TEMPO</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetHighestNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialDmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set D Major as Initial Keysig</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-postfix</td><td>"Gets the value of the postfix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FirstTimeBar</td><td>Closes a repeated section and starts a first time bar (printing)</td><td>First Time Bar</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MeasureMenu/Repeats</td></tr><tr><td>ToggleFermata::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetDurationInTicks</td><td>"Takes an integer, Sets the number of ticks (PPQN) for the object at the cursor, returns #f if none; if the object is a chord it is set undotted"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-width</td><td>"Gets the value of the width field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GroupStaffEnd</td><td>Stop GroupStaff multi-stave system.</td><td>GroupStaff End</td><td>/ObjectMenu/StaffMenu/StaffGroupings</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TRANSPOSITION</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialGmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Initial Keysig to G Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::AddIntervalAsChordnoteFromHighestDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>FirstTimeBar::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::GetNumberOfDotsInLilypond</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_ONCE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpTwo</td><td>Wrapper/Dummy for Keypresses</td><td>OpTwo</td><td>/MainMenu/MoreMenu</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-staff-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the staff directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetLowestNote</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>SetInitialCmaj</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Set Initial Keysig to C Major</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::CalculateDotsFromTicks</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GroupStaffEnd::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_STEP</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>OpTwo::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>GetMenuPath</td><td>"Takes a command name and returns the menu path to that command or #f if none"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertAflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Ab Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::AddIntervalAsChordnoteFromLowestUp</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-timesig-prefix</td><td>"Gets the value of the prefix field (a string) of the timesig directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChooseTimeSignature</td><td>Choose from a set of typical time signatures</td><td>Choose Typical Time Signature</td><td>/ObjectMenu/TimeSig</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsDiamond</td><td>Diamond note head style for the current movement.</td><td>Diamond</td><td>/ObjectMenu/MovementMenu/NoteHeadStyles</td></tr><tr><td>GetOnsetTime</td><td>"Returns start time for the object at the cursor, or #f if it has not been calculated"</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectiveGet-header-override</td><td>"Gets the value of the override field (a string) of the header directive with the passed tag."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RAMP</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertEflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Eb Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ANS::IntervalCalcDown</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>MovementNoteheadsDiamond::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ChooseTimeSignature::params</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>ClosingBarline</td><td>Inserts a closing barline (a double bar with last one thicker).</td><td>Closing Barline</td><td>/ObjectMenu/Directives/Barlines</td></tr><tr><td>DENEMO_OVERRIDE_RELATIVE</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>DirectivePut-note-midibytes</td><td>"Writes the midibytes field (a string) of the note directive with the passed int tag. Creates the directive of the given type and tag if it does not exist."</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>InsertBflatmin</td><td>No Tooltip yet</td><td>Insert Bb Minor</td><td>-</td></tr><tr><td>duration::CalculateTicksWithDots</td><td>No help</td><td>-</td><td>-</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect1" title="Denemo Directives"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="DenemoDirectives"></a>Denemo Directives</h2></div></div></div><p>
These give attributes to objects that are not built-in but can be changed by the user.
</p><p>
Denemo Directives can be attached at almost every level of a Denemo score and can modify the behavior of the element concerned. They contain fields to describe how the element's properties should be modified, either in the display or in the printing. Elements, such as clefs notes etc have their own built-in display and print properties; Denemo Directives allow you (or scripts you invoke) to modify them for many more purposes than the built-in set allows. This means Denemo can grow - you can add features - without getting a new version.
</p><p>
For example the drum clef is not built-in to Denemo. Instead a directive attached to the clef has a field (graphic) set to an image of the drum clef, and another field (postfix) set to the LilyPond syntax for a drum clef, while another field (override) is set to indicate that these values should replace the normal ones, rather than adding to them.
</p><p>
The elements that can be modified in this way are the following:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
score: the LilyPond fields (prefix and postfix) are placed at the start of the score and just before each movement. The display field is shown at the top of the display.
</li><li class="listitem">
scoreheader: Attached to the score. The postfix field is put inside a \header{} block at the start of the score.
</li><li class="listitem">
movementcontrol: Attached to a movement. The prefix field is placed before the movements \score{} block, the postfix after it.
</li><li class="listitem">
header: Attached to a movement. As scoreheader but for \header[] blocks inside the movement's score block.
</li><li class="listitem">
paper: Attached to the score. The postfix is placed inside a \paper{} block.
</li><li class="listitem">
layout: Attached to a movement. The postfix is placed inside a \layout{} block in the movement's scoreblock.
</li><li class="listitem">
clef: Attached to a clef or clef change. The graphic holds the displayed icon, gx,gy its position. The postfix field is put into the music at the point where the clef is found, replacing the normal text if the override is set.
</li><li class="listitem">
timesig: Attached to a time signature or time signature change. The graphic holds the displayed icon, gx,gy its position. The postfix field is put into the music at the point where the time signature is found, replacing the normal text if the override is set.
</li><li class="listitem">
keysig: as timesig but for key signatures. (e.g. used to supress keysignatures in drum clef).
</li><li class="listitem">
staff: The postfix field modifies the whole staff context, with the display field printed at the start of the staff
</li><li class="listitem">
voice: The postfix field modifies the voice context, with the display field printed at the start of the staff containing the voice
</li><li class="listitem">
standalone: A directive not attached to an music element - it comes with the music and is used for things like repeat bars etc.
</li><li class="listitem">
chord: The prefix field is emitted before the LilyPond for the chord and the postfix after it.
</li><li class="listitem">
note: The prefix field is emitted before the LilyPond for the note and the postfix after it. Examples are fingerings attached to notes etc. Again the display and graphic fields a placed in the display positioned relative to the note via the coordinate fields gx, gy (for the graphic) and tx, ty for the display text.
</li></ul></div><p>
</p><p>
The Directives are sufficiently important to have their own commands.
</p><p>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
d-DirectivePut-type-field where type is one of score, scoreheader, movementcontrol, header, paper, layout, clef, timesig, keysig, staff, voice, standalone, chord or note and field is one of display, tx, ty, gx, gy, graphic, prefix, postfix, override, midibytes. These commands take two arguments, a tag (string) and a value to set. For example
<div class="example"><a id="schemecalls"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 3. </b></p><div class="example-contents">
(d-DirectivePut-note-postfix "LHFinger" "3")
</div></div><br class="example-break" />
will put the fingering 3 on (after) the note at the cursor.
</li><li class="listitem">
d-DirectiveGet-type-field type is one of score, scoreheader, movementcontrol, header, paper, layout, clef, timesig, keysig, staff, voice, standalone, chord or note and field is one of display, tx, ty, gx, gy, graphic, prefix, postfix, override, midibytes. This function returns the value in the field or #f if there is no directive with the given tag at the cursor.
</li><li class="listitem">
d-DirectiveDelete-type type is one of score, scoreheader, movementcontrol, header, paper, layout, clef, timesig, keysig, staff, voice, standalone, chord or note. This function returns #t or #f if a directive with the given tag was deleted.
</li></ul></div><p>
</p><div class="sect2" title="The Directive Fields"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="id3017093"></a>The Directive Fields</h3></div></div></div>
The fields of the Denemo Directive can control the Denemo Display and the LilyPond output.
<p>
The fields in d-DirectiveGet/Put have the following meanings
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
postfix - A fragment of LilyPond to be output (after the LilyPond for any object the directive is attached to).
</li><li class="listitem">
prefix - A fragment of LilyPond to be output (before the LilyPond for any object the directive is attached to).
</li><li class="listitem">
display - text to be shown in the Denemo Display
</li><li class="listitem">
tx, ty - where to show the text in the Denemo Display
</li><li class="listitem">
graphic - For directives that are in the music this is a .png image to be shown in the Denemo Display (the directory bitmaps holds these). The graphic can be saved for a command using the right-click -> Save Graphic command, after selecting a portion of the print preview as the image required. For directives attached to the score, movement etc the string set here will be displayed on the button in the button box for that sort of directive (see Show Score Titles etc in view menu for showing this button box).
</li><li class="listitem">
gx, gy - where to show thegraphic in the Denemo Display
</li><li class="listitem">
minpixels - how much space to leave for this item in the Denemo Display
</li><li class="listitem">
override - Contains bits to determine whether the LilyPond contained in the Directive (postfix and/or prefix fields) should override the normal LilyPond output, and whether the Graphic should replace the normal Denemo display for the item. A further tranche of bits controls MIDI output for the directive, which can override the normal MIDI interpretation of the music and provide additional information not explicit in the music notation (e.g. the tempo of an Adagio marking).
</li><li class="listitem">
midibytes - a string of numbers (in hexadecimal format) whose interpretation is given by the MIDI bits in the override field
</li></ul></div><p>
</p><p>
The override field contains the following bits:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_LILYPOND : override the LilyPond output normally used at this point, rather than adding to the normal output. The text used is in the prefix and postfix fields.
</li><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_GRAPHIC : overrides what Denemo would normally show in the display with the image named in the graphic field of the directive
</li></ul></div><p>
The MIDI bits in the override field are as follows
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_VOLUME : the MIDI velocity to use
</li><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_DURATION : affects the duration of a note. not yet implemented
</li><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_REPEAT : indicates that an earlier passage should be repeated (from a directive of the same tag). not yet implemented
</li><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_CHANNEL : midibytes field gives the MIDI channel to use (? implemented?)
</li><li class="listitem">
DENEMO_OVERRIDE_TEMPO : midibytes field gives the tempo to use.
</li></ul></div><p>
The interpretation of these flags is modified by the following flags:
&l
Free and Open Music Notation Editor